Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) is an international economic organisation of 34 countries founded in 1961 to stimulate economic progress and world trade. It is a forum of countries committed to democracy and the market economy, providing a platform to compare policy experiences, seek answers to common problems, identify good practices and co-ordinate domestic and international policies of its members.

All datasets: 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
  • 1
  • 2
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Databasepublished September 2011These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Databasepublished September 2011These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Databasepublished September 2011These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Databasepublished September 2011These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Databasepublished September 2011These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Databasepublished September 2011These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Databasepublished September 2011These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Databasepublished : September 2012These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2012 : OECD COUNTRIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2012 : OECD COUNTRIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains the main results of the 2017 Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison for the 49 countries that participated in the 2017 round of the Eurostat-OECD Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) Programme. Colombia and Costa Rica participated for the first time. Please note that time series for PPPs for GDP, actual individual consumption and household final consumption for these two countries in the National Accounts databases are still based on the 2011 ICP results until April 2020 (release of ICP 2017 results).
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
  • 3
  • 5
  • 6
  • 7
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The breakdown of transactions and positions by counterpart sector enriches the information as included in the financial accounts and balance sheets by providing insight into the relationships between institutional sectors within an economy as well as between residents and non-residents. For a given financial instrument it is possible to trace the creditor-debtor relations between institutional sectors and with the rest of the world.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
  • 8
  • 9
  • A
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Chapter C includes indicators that are a mixture of outcome indicators, policy levers and context indicators. Internationalisation of education and progression rates are, for instance, outcome measures to the extent that they indicate the results of policies and practices at the classroom, school and system levels. But they can also provide contexts for establishing policy by identifying areas where policy intervention is necessary, for example, to address issues of inequity.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator measures the income of selected jobless families that claim Guaranteed Minimum Income (GMI) benefits. Values are expressed both in national currency and as a percentage of the median disposable income in the country. When the country's poverty line is defined as a fixed percentage of the median disposable income, the normalization of GMI amounts in terms of the median disposable income allows measuring the gap between benefit entitlements and the poverty line. For instance, if the poverty threshold is 50% of the median disposable income, a value of the indicator of 30% means that benefit entitlements are 20 percentage points below the poverty line.
    • April 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
      AEO (African Economic Outlook) Country Notes Tables, 2015
    • April 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
      AEO (African Economic Outlook) Statistical Annex, 2015
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Produced by the OECD Sahel and West Africa Club, Africapolis.org is the only comprehensive and standardised geospatial database on cities and urbanisation dynamics in Africa. Combining demographic sources, satellite and aerial imagery and other cartographic sources, it is designed to enable comparative and long-term analyses of urban dynamics - covering 7 500 agglomerations in 50 countries. Bulk download is available from below link
    • March 2015
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 10 August, 2017
      Select Dataset
      Data is available for the 17 countries covered by the SWAC/OECD (Benin, Burkina Faso, Cabo Verde, Chad, Cote d'Ivoire, The Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Liberia, Mali, Mauritania, Niger, Nigeria, Senegal, Sierra Leone and Togo).   Agglomerated population: Population of urban agglomerations above 10 000 inhabitants.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilisers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset is used to report the tying status of bilateral ODA commitments. Members have agreed that administrative costs and technical co-operation expenditure should be disregarded in assessing the percentages of tied, partially untied and untied aid. These items have not been included in the data reported in this data set.
    • April 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 May, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains bilateral commitment data on aid in support of environment sustainability and aid to biodiversity, climate change mitigation, climate change adaptation and desertification from the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) Creditor Reporting System (CRS) database. In their reporting to the DAC CRS, donors are requested to indicate for each activity whether or not it targets environment and the Rio Conventions (biodiversity, climate change mitigation, climate change adaptation and desertification). A scoring system of three values is used, in which aid activities are "marked" as targeting environment as the "principal objective" or a "significant objective", or as not targeting the objective. The environment marker identifies activities that are "intended to produce an improvement in the physical and/or biological environment of the recipient country, area or target group concerned" or "include specific action to integrate environmental concerns with a range of development objectives through institution building and/or capacity development". A large majority of activities targeting the objectives of the Rio Conventions fall under the DAC definition of "aid to environment". The Rio markers permit their specific identification.
    • January 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 September, 2022
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains commitment data (since 2002) and disbursement data (since 2009) on aid in support of gender equality from the CRS database. In their reporting to the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) Creditor Reporting System (CRS), donors are requested to indicate for each activity whether or not it targets gender equality as one of its policy objectives. To qualify as “gender equality focussed,” an activity must explicitly promote gender equality and women’s empowerment. An activity can either target gender equality as its “principal objective” or as a “significant objective”. A “principal” score (2) is assigned if gender equality was an explicit objective of the activity and fundamental to its design - i.e. the activity would not have been undertaken without this objective. A “significant” score (1) is assigned if gender equality was an important, but secondary, objective of the activity - i.e. it was not the principal reason for undertaking the activity. A “not targeted” score (0) is assigned if, after being screened against the gender equality policy marker, an activity is not found to target gender equality. Activities assigned a “principal objective” score should not be considered better than activities assigned a “significant objective” score, as donors that mainstream gender equality - and thus integrate it into their projects across a range of sectors - are more likely to allocate the marker score “significant” to their aid activities. The gender equality marker allows an approximate quantification of aid flows that target gender equality as a policy objective. In marker data presentations the figures for principal and significant objectives should be shown separately and the sum referred to as the “estimate” or “upper bound” of gender equality-focussed aid. An activity can have more than one principal or significant objective. Therefore, total amounts targeting the different objectives should not be added-up to avoid double-counting. Policy markers seek information on the donor’s policy objectives which can be best assessed at the design stage of projects. This is why policy markers are applied to commitments. Policy marker data on a disbursement basis can also be compiled, but it is important to note that this does not mean the policy objectives of projects under implementation would have been re-assessed. Rather, the disbursements are linked to the qualitative information on the original commitment through project identifiers. Consequently, a project marked as gender equality focussed at the commitment stage will be flagged as gender equality focussed throughout its lifetime, unless the qualitative information was changed. Activity-level gender equality marker data that underlie the aggregate figures presented in this dataset are available for consultation and download: see “Export”, “Related files”.
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset describes the emissions to the atmosphere released as a result of production and consumption processes. The productive activities are broken down by economic activity and the household consumption activities are broken down by purpose (transport, heating, and other activities). Air emissions include emissions of individual greenhouse gases (GHG) as well as air pollutants such as sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and particulate matter. The emissions are also aggregated (using equivalence factors) to report on environmental pressures: global warming potential, acidifying gases and ozone precursors.
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This database includes annual, quarterly and monthly information on carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions related to commercial passenger, freight, and general aviation flights, on both a territory and a residence basis, for 186 countries. These CO2 emissions are estimated by the OECD, based on a consistent methodology across countries. The main source used for the estimation of these CO2 emissions is a database compiled by the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) with all commercial passenger and freight flights around the world.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      AITRAW = All in average income tax rates at average wage OECD Taxing Wages. Taxing Wages provides unique information on income tax paid by workers and social security contributions levied on employees and their employers in OECD countries. In addition, this annual publication specifies family benefits paid as cash transfers. Amounts of taxes and benefits are detailed program by program, for eight household types which differ by income level and household composition. Results reported include the marginal and effective tax burden for one- and two-earner families, and total labour costs of employers.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 08 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD's ANalytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD) database presents annual data on Research and Development (R&D) expenditures by industry and was developed to provide analysts with comprehensive data on business R&D expenditures. The ANBERD database incorporates a number of estimations that build upon and extend national submissions of business enterprise R&D data by industry (main activity/industry orientation). The current version of the ANBERD database presents OECD countries' and selected non-member economies' business expenditure on R&D since 1987, broken down across 100 manufacturing and service industry groups. The reported data follow the International Standard Industrial Classification, Revision 4 (ISIC Rev. 4) and are expressed in national currencies as well as in US dollars at Purchasing Power Parity (PPP), both at current and constant prices.   Main activity and industry orientation: The 2015 Frascati Manual practice is to report BERD on an enterprise basis. The main economic activity of an enterprise is usually defined as that which accounts for most of its economic outputs; this may be identified directly from sales or indirectly proxied (such as by numbers of personnel devoted to different activities). This determines the industry in which the enterprise, and any BERD it carries out, is classified. As such, all BERD of a diversified enterprise (i.e. one with multiple lines of business) is allocated to the same industry, that of its main activity. This enables, as far as possible, the alignment and compatability of BERD data with other economic statistics (e.g. value added broken down by industry). In addition, the Frascati Manual also recommends reporting BERD by industry orientation, whereby the statistical unit’s R&D is distributed across the various lines of business to which it relates. In a few countries, hybrid approaches are followed and reported as main activity data. As an example, some countries primarily follow the main activity approach but redistribute the R&D of large diversified firms across the economic activities to which it relates. This can affect interpretation of the data and resulting statistics. There are also important differences between countries in the treatment of R&D undertaken by firms in the service sector but closely associated (though not necessarily contractually) with manufacturing firms. Industrial research institutes, largely funded by the manufacturing industries they serve, are the most frequent examples. With the implementation of the 2015 Frascati Manual, such hybrid data will be phased out in favour of a strict main activity approach. Countries still reporting hybrid data are flagged in the ANBERD country notes.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The dataset includes a detailed breakdown of Investment funds, Insurance companies and Pension funds, and Other forms of institutional savings, as institutional sectors. This finer breakdown by type of investors has been established with reference to the System of National Accounts (SNA), when possible. Within Investment funds, one distinguishes Open-end companies, further broken down into Money market funds and Other mutual funds, and Closed-end companies, of which Real estate funds. Within Insurance companies and pension funds one distinguishes Insurance companies, further broken down into Life insurance companies and Non-life insurance companies, and Autonomous pension funds. Financial assets included correspond to the assets requested in the previous database on Institutional Investors, i.e. Currency and deposits, Securities other than shares, Loans, Shares and other equities and Other financial assets. Moreover, Total non-financial assets are also included. While the sub-classification of the above financial assets corresponds to SNA93, a further breakdown between assets issued by residents and assets issued by non-residents is reported.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The “ALFS Summary tables” dataset is a subset of the Annual Labour Force Statistics database which presents annual labour force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil, Columbia and Russian Federation and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro area, European Union and OECD-Total). Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100. This dataset contains estimates from the OECD Secretariat for the latest years when countries did not provide data. These estimates are necessary to compile aggregated statistics for the geographical areas for a complete span of time. Since 2003, employment data by sector for the United States are compiled following the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS); therefore they are not strictly comparable with other countries’ data. Euro area and European Union data were extracted from Eurostat (LFS Series, Detailed annual survey results in New Cronos). Euro area refer to Euro area with 17 countries (geo = ea17). European Union refers to European Union with 27 countries (geo = eu27).
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Annual Purchasing Power Parities and exchange rates: This table shows annual Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) for Gross Domestic Product (GDP), household final consumption expenditure and actual individual consumption. It also shows exchange rates (annual averages and end of period), sourced from the International Monetary Fund's database on International Financial Statistics.
    • July 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Misha Gusev
      Accessed On: 20 August, 2020
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data source used: The aquaculture production data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The concept used is the total number of hours worked over the year divided by the average number of people in employment. The data are intended for comparisons of trends over time; they are unsuitable for comparisons of the level of average annual hours of work for a given year, because of differences in their sources. Part-time workers are covered as well as full-time workers. The series on annual hours actually worked per person in total employment presented in this table for all 34 OECD countries are consistent with the series retained for the calculation of productivity measures in the OECD Productivity database (www.oecd.org/statistics/productivity/compendium). However, there may be some differences for some countries given that the main purpose of the latter database is to report data series on labour input (i.e. total hours worked) and also because the updating of databases occur at different moments of the year. Hours Hours actually worked per person in employment are according to National Accounts concepts for 18 countries: Austria, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Korea, the Netherlands, Norway, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and Turkey. OECD estimates for Belgium, Ireland, Luxembourg and Portugal for annual hours worked are based on the European Labour Force Survey, as are estimates for dependent employment only for Austria, Estonia, Greece, the Slovak Republic and Slovenia. The table includes labour-force-survey-based estimates for the Russian Federation.countries: For further details and country specfic notes see: www.oecd.org/employment/outlook and www.oecd.org/employment/emp/ANNUAL-HOURS-WORKED.pdf
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains data on average annual wages per full-time and full-year equivalent employee in the total economy.  Average annual wages per full-time equivalent dependent employee are obtained by dividing the national-accounts-based total wage bill by the average number of employees in the total economy, which is then multiplied by the ratio of average usual weekly hours per full-time employee to average usually weekly hours for all employees.   Average wages are converted in USD PPPs using 2017 USD PPPs for private consumption and are deflated by a price deflator for private final consumption expenditures in 2017 prices.   Real compensation per employee (instead of real wages) are considered for Chile, Iceland, Mexico and New Zealand.
    • June 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 29 June, 2021
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents the average number of students in a class by type of institution.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains data on the average duration of unemployment by sex and standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Data are expressed in months.
    • December 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 August, 2020
      Select Dataset
      The average effective age of retirement is calculated as a weighted average of (net) withdrawals from the labour market at different ages over a 5-year period for workers initially aged 40 and over. In order to abstract from compositional effects in the age structure of the population, labour force withdrawals are estimated based on changes in labour force participation rates rather than labour force levels. These changes are calculated for each (synthetic) cohort divided into 5-year age groups. The estimates shown in red are less reliable as they have been derived from interpolations of census data rather than from annual labour force surveys. The estimates for women in Turkey are based on 3-yearly moving averages of participation rates for each 5-year age group. OECD estimates based on the results of national labour force surveys, the European Union Labour Force Survey and, for earlier years in some countries, national censuses.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
  • B
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.  This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • December 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 January, 2021
      Select Dataset
    • May 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 May, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset present the Balanced Trade in Services (BaTIS) dataset published by OECD. It is a complete, consistent and balanced matrix of international trade in services statistics (ITSS). It contains annual bilateral data covering 202 reporters and partners, broken down by the 12 main EBOPS2010 (BPM6) categories.
    • May 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 May, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income for OECD countries and EU countries. The main social policy areas are as follows: taxes and social security contributions due on earnings and benefits, unemployment benefits, social assistance, family benefits, housing benefits, and in-work benefits. OECD Work Incentive and Income adequacy indicators, country specific files, the tax-benefit models and the tax benefit calculator, including detailed descriptions of all cash benefits available to those in and out of work as well as the taxes they were liable to pay are available on Benefits and Wages: OECD Indicators   Unit of measure used: Estonia: 2011 - EUR; 2010; 2009; 2008; 2007; 2006; 2005 -EEK Slovak Republic: 2010; 2009 - EUR; 2008; 2007; 2006; 2005 -SKK
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents a set of bibliometric indicators calculated using Elsevier's Scopus Custom Data, Version 5.2019; and Scimago Journal Rankings are used to calculate the top 10% most cited scientific publications.Elsevier assigns each journal in Scopus to one or more subjects using its All Science and Journal Classification (ASJC). There are 27 main fields comprising 334 subjects in the classification.This dataset is a small sample of the bibliometric indicators calculated using the Scopus Database. Different indicators will be presented in the Scoreboard platform (forthcoming).The following indicators are presented:FPUBS_NBFRAC: Total number of scientific publications, fractional counts. Publications are attributed to countries on the basis of the authors' institutional affiliations. Publications were fractionalised by contributing units; so that reported figures add up to the total number of publications (each document has the same weight). Fractional counts can be aggregated.TOP10FPUBS_NBFRAC: Total number of 10% top-cited scientific publications, fractional counts. The top 10% most cited documents is an indicator of excellence. This rate indicates the amount (in percentages) of a unit's scientific output that is included into the group of the 10% of the most cited papers in their respective scientific fields. It is a measure of high quality of research output of a unit, in this case the country. The indicator of scientific excellence is calculated at the document level using fractional counts. Documents organized by document type, ASJC field and year - are sorted in descending order based on the number of citations received. A threshold of 10% most cited documents is calculated for each category. Only documents with a fixed number of citations above the threshold are included. Documents with the same number of citations as the threshold are sorted according to the Scimago Journal Rankings (SJR) value of the journal in which they were published; those with the highest scores are selected. The citation window is based on the whole period, so top 10% most cited documents for the reference year uses whole period citations. No citation window is imposed as citation-based indicators are calculated on the basis of comparisons with documents published in the same year. The world average is 10% for the period.TOP10_X: The top 10% most cited documents is an indicator of excellence. This rate indicates the amount (in percentages) of a unit's scientific output that is included into the group of the 10% of the most cited papers in their respective scientific fields. The world average is 10% for the period.INTL_X: Percentage of scientific publications involving international collaboration. International collaboration refers to publications co-authored among institutions in different countries. Estimates are computed for each country by counting documents for which the set of listed affiliations includes at least one address within the country and one outside. Single-authored documents with multiple affiliations in different countries count as international collaboration.ISCORR_X: Percentage of corresponding/leading author scientific publications. Percentage corresponding or leading author documents, i.e. the share of scientific output where a domestic author is listed as a corresponding author. The scientific leadership indicator helps interpret the role of a given country in collaboration activities. The scientific leadership indicator shows the share of scientific output (in this case, documents by authors from a given country) where an author from this country is listed as leading author.NORMCIT_X: Normalised citation score, ratio of actual versus expected publications, percentage. Because of the differences in citation patterns of the fields and document types, field-based normalisation is required. The measure of normalised citation impact shows the relationship of the unit's average citation to the world's average, the unit is the country. The indicator is derived as the ratio between the average number of citations received by the documents published by authors affiliated to an institution in a given country and the world average of citations, over the same time period, by document type and subject area. Its value indicates how many times above (or below) the document has been cited above (or below) world average. For example, a value of 80 means the country is cited 20% below world average in that field and 130 means the country is cited 30% above average for that domain. The normalisation of citation values is item-oriented, i.e. carried out at the level of the individual document. If an article has been published in a journal allocated to more than one subject area, a mean value of the areas is calculated. The world average is 100.SPEC_I: The Relative Specialisation Index measures relative specialisation. This index is calculated by dividing all papers in a field from country a by the total production in all fields for country a, this proportion is then divided by the same proportion calculated at the world level. The world average is 1. A threshold has been set and the index has only been calculated for countries with 50 or more documents.
    • April 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 April, 2023
      Select Dataset
      STAN Bilateral Trade Database by Industry and End-use category (BTDIxE) provides values of imports and exports (as well as re-imports and re-exports) of goods broken down by industrial sectors and by end-use categories. BTDIxE was designed to extend the old BTD database which provided bilateral trade in goods by industry only.  BTDIxE allows, for example, insights into the patterns of trade in intermediate goods between countries to track global production networks and supply chains, and it helps to address policy issues such as trade in value added and trade in tasks.  The database presents estimates of bilateral flows of goods from 1990 to the latest available year, i.e. 2018; the latest year shown is subject to the availability of underlying product-based annual trade statistics.  Reporters are the OECD member countries and a large number of non-OECD economies, including the BRIICS: Brazil, the Russian Federation, India, Indonesia, People's Republic of China and South Africa; other selected G20 and Asian economies; and major African and Latin American nations.  It should be noted that starting from mid-2012, the OECD and the United Nations agreed to centralise the data collection and processing procedures within UNSD Comtrade.  The list of partners covers the OECD countries, more than a hundred of non-member economies as well as the partners "World", "Rest of the World" and "Unspecified". The partner "Total foreign trade" corresponds to the flows with partner "World" excluding intra-country flows. Trade flows are divided into economic activities based on the Revision 4 of ISIC and nine end-use categories including capital goods, intermediate goods and household consumption.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD broadband database provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policymakers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets in the OECD. Source - https://www.oecd.org/digital/broadband/broadband-statistics/
    • November 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 September, 2022
      Select Dataset
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • March 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 May, 2022
      Select Dataset
    • June 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 August, 2018
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Burkina Faso Gender, Institutions and Development Database (Burkina Faso-GID) provides researchers and policymakers with key data at the national and subnational levels on gender-based discrimination in social institutions. This data helps analyse women’s empowerment and understand gender gaps in other key areas of development. Covering the 13 regions of the country, the Burkina Faso-GID contains comprehensive information on social norms, attitudes and both perceived and actual practices that discriminate against women and girls.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Burkina Faso-SIGI is a composite indicator measuring discriminatory social institutions. It is built on 46 innovative variables which are grouped into 5 sub-indices: discrimination in the family, restricted physical and moral integrity, son preference, restricted access to resources and assets and restricted civil liberties. The Burkina Faso-SIGI and its sub-indices range from 0, for no discrimination, to 1, for very high discrimination.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2000 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by type of costs (current expenditure, capital expenditure). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and type of costs” and the preceding one “BERD by industry and source of funds” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by source of funds (business enterprise, government, other national funds, and funds from abroad). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and source of funds” and the one that follows, “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2010 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector. Data include total business enterprise intramural expenditure on R&D by size class and source of funds.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table presents research and development (R&D) statistics on personnel in the business enterprise sector. Measured in full-time equivalent are the number of total R&D personnel and researchers in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification.
    • July 2017
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.   Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators.   The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.   Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
  • C
    • January 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Darshini Priya Premkumar
      Accessed On: 31 January, 2022
      Select Dataset
      OECD Indicators on Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions embodied in international trade (TeCO2) are derived by combining the 2021 editions of OECD Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database and of International Energy Agency (IEA) statistics on CO2 emissions from fuel combustion. In this release of TeCO2, emissions from fuels used for international aviation and maritime transport (i.e. aviation and marine bunkers) are also considered.Production-based CO2 emissions are estimated by allocating the CO2 emissions to the 45 target industries in OECD ICIO and, to household final consumption of fuels, by both residents and non-residents.Demand-based CO2 emissions are calculated by multiplying the intensities of the production-based emissions (c) with the global Leontief inverse (I-A)(-1) and global final demand matrix (Y) from OECD ICIO, taking the column sums of the resulting matrix and adding residential and private road emissions (FNLC), i.e. direct emissions from final demand: colsum [ diag(c) (I-A)(-1) Y ] + FNLC.For more information, see TeCO2 web page: http://oe.cd/io-co2.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator reports the amount of carbon emissions from fossil fuel combustion embodied in imports and exports in mega tonnes of CO2 (MtCO2) for 63 countries and 34 industries between 1995 and 2011.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The indicator reports the hypothetical amount of carbon emissions from fossil fuel combustion embodied in imports if imported goods were produced with a carbon intensity (i.e. emissions factors) equal to that of the importing country at a given time – the Equal Carbon Intensity (ECI) assumption. It covers 65 countries and 34 industries between 1995 and 2011.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Note:  The updates and revisions for the OECD Central Government Debt Database have been suspended. This dataset is no longer updated. For more info, please read http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=GOV_DEBT   Statistical population The focus of this dataset is to provide comprehensive quantitative information on marketable and non-marketable central government debt instruments in all OECD member countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance and excludes therefore state and local government debt and social security funds.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      CGPITRT: Central government personal income tax rates and threshold   This table reports statutory central government personal income tax rates for wage income plus the taxable income thresholds at which these statutory rates apply. The table also reports basic/standard tax allowances, tax credits and surtax rates. The information is applicable to a single person without dependents. The threshold, tax allowance and tax credit amounts are expressed in national currencies Tapered means that the tax relief basic amount is reduced with increasing income Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex This data represents part of the data presented within the Excel file “Personal income tax rates and thresholds for central governments - Table I.1”. The Data for 1981 to 1999 is not included here within as not all the data for these years is either available, or can be verified. The OECD tax database provides comparative information on a range of tax statistics - tax revenues, personal income taxes, non-tax compulsory payments, corporate and capital income taxes and taxes on consumption - that are levied in the 34 OECD member countries.” Tax policy Analysis homepage OECD Tax Database Taxing Wages Dissemination format(s) This data is also presented through the OECD Tax database webpage. OECD Tax Database
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • April 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Misha Gusev
      Accessed On: 03 February, 2020
      Select Dataset
    • May 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 May, 2021
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Statistical population: CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators.   CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms.   Recommended uses and limitations: The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset provides information on the level of public equipment installed by countries to managed and abate water pollution. It shows the percentage of national population connected to "public" sewerage networks and related treatment facilities, and the percentage of national population connected to "public" wastewater treatment plants, and the degree of treatment. Connected here means actually connected to a wastewater plants through a public sewage network. When analysing these data, it should be kept in mind that the optimal connection rate is not necessarily 100%. It may vary among countries and depends on geographical features and on the spatial distribution of habitats. The interpretation of those data should take into account some variations in countries' definitions, as reflected in metadata. Data source(s): Joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on Inland Waters. Data for non-OECD countries is sourced from UNSD (https://unstats.un.org/unsd/envstats/country_files)
    • June 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Misha Gusev
      Accessed On: 06 July, 2022
      Select Dataset
      OECD Economic Outlook, June 2022.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents the Consolidated financial balance sheets by economic sector (Quarterly table 0710), according to SNA 2008 methodology. It comprises all flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents the Consolidated financial transactions by economic sector (Quarterly table 0610), according to SNA 2008 methodology. It comprises all flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' contains all data that was previously contained in three different datasets: 'Consumer Prices', 'National Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) by COICOP divisions' and 'Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) by COICOP divisions'. The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 36 OECD member countries and for some non-member countries. The ‘Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices including national CPIs, Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) and their associated weights and contributions to national annual inflation. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases, a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data).
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Misha Gusev
      Select Dataset
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Note: CPA data for 2018 and 2019 are projections from the 2016 Survey on Forward Spending Plans. Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The country statistical profiles provide a broad selection of indicators, illustrating the demographic, economic, environmental and social developments, for all OECD members. The dataset also covers the five key partner economies with which the OECD has developed an enhanced engagement program with (Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) ,accession countries (Colombia, Costa Rica and Lithuania) , Peru and the Russian Federation. The user can easily compare indicators across all countries. Total fertility rates - Unit of measure used: Number of children born to women aged 15 to 49
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The objective of the CRS Aid Activity database is to provide a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement, on a comparable basis for all DAC members. Data are collected on individual projects and programmes. Focus is on financial data but some descriptive information is also made available.
  • D
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains three earnings-dispersion measures - ratio of 9th-to-1st, 9th-to-5th and 5th-to-1st - where ninth, fifth (or median) and first deciles are upper-earnings decile limits, unless otherwise indicated, of gross earnings of full-time dependent employees. The dataset also includes series on: the incidence of low-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning less than two-thirds of gross median earnings of all full-time workers; the incidence of high of high-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning more than one-and-half time gross median earnings of all full-time workers; gender wage gap unadjusted and defined as the difference between median wages of men and women relative to the median wages of men.
    • July 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      Note: Update to this data are available only to OECD subscribers. Please visit: https://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=REG_DEMO_TL3 National values have been computed based on regional estimates. For this reason, it is possible that in some cases these values differ from national statistics
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset traces net changes in terms of volume in the growing stock of standing wood on forest land. Forest depletion and growth describe balances or imbalances in different types of forests. The intensity of use of forest resources reflects various forest management methods and their sustainability. These data should be read in connection with other indicators, in particular land use changes and forest quality (species diversity, forest degradation), and be complemented with data on forest management practices and protection measures. Please bear in mind that definitions and estimation methods vary for some countries.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The data are on cash basis. The figures exclude local government revenues as the data are not available. Heading 5212: In ECLAC data, property tax on motor vehicles is classified in category 4000. Source: Subsecretaría de Ingresos Públicos, Ministry of Economy and Production.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data are on a fiscal year basis beginning 1st April. From 1990, data are on accrual basis. The figures for different groups of taxes are reported on different reporting bases, namely: * Social security contributions (heading 2000) : in principle accrual basis, * Central government taxes : accrual basis (revenues accrued during the fiscal year plus cash receipts collected before the end of May (the end of April until 1977), * Local government taxes : accrual basis (due to be paid during the fiscal year and cash receipts collected before the end of May). The Japanese authorities take the view that the Enterprise tax (classified in 1100 and 1200) and the Mineral product tax (classified in 5121) should be classified in heading 6000 since under articles 72 and 519 of the Local Tax Law these taxes are regarded as levies on the business or mining activity itself. Heading 2000 includes some unidentifiable voluntary contributions. Heading 2300: Includes contibutions to the National pension, National Health Insurance and the Farmer's pension fund. Contributions to the Farmer's pension fund are not available for the years before 1999. Heading 4100: Municipal property tax, includes Prefectural property tax from 1990 to 1994 because data is not available to provide a breakdown. Heading 5121: Municipal tobacco tax, includes Prefectural tobacco tax from 1990 to 1994 because data is not available to provide a breakdown. Heading 5121: In sub-item Petroleum and coal tax, the data before 2003 refer to petroleum tax.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      From 1981 the figures take into account the classification procedures set out in the OECD Interpretative Guide. Consequently they are not completely comparable with the figures for earlier years though the amounts involved are quite small. Heading 1000: Includes a tax on property 'Contribucion Rustica' which would be more appropriately classified in 4110, and the 'Licencia fiscal industrial and professionales' which, because it is a tax levied by reference to the size of the firm, energy input, etc, would be more appropriately classified in 6000. The data necessary to provide a breakdown is not available. All subdivisions are estimated. Heading 2300: Contributions paid by self-employed were shown under heading 2100 until 1982. Heading 4100: Most of these receipts fall under 4110. Heading 4400: In 1988 revenues from taxes on legal Acts issued by Autonomous Communities (Local) are included in 4400. Heading 5121 comprises certain local levies which may include non-tax revenues.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Revenue Statistics in Latin America and the Caribbean Revenue Statistics in Latin America and the Caribbean 2020 is a joint publication by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Centre for Tax Policy and Administration, the OECD Development Centre, the United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (UN-ECLAC), the Inter-American Center of Tax Administrations (CIAT), the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) and with the support of the European Union Regional Facility for Development in Transition for Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC). It presents detailed, internationally comparable data on tax revenues for 26 Latin American and Caribbean economies, three of which are OECD members. Colombia was not an OECD Member at the time of preparation of this publication. Accordingly, Colombia does not appear in the list of OECD Members and is not included in the zone aggregates. Revenue Statistics in Latin America and the Caribbean’s approach is based on the well-established methodology of the OECD Revenue Statistics database, which is an essential reference source for OECD member countries. Comparisons are also made with the average tax indicators for OECD economies. Comparable tables show total tax revenue data and by tax as a percentage of GDP, and, for the different types of taxes, as a share of total taxation. Detailed country tables show information in national currency values.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Digital STRI identifies, catalogues and quantifies barriers that affect trade in digitally enabled services across 46 countries. It provides policy makers with an evidence-based tool that helps to identify regulatory bottlenecks, design policies that foster more competitive and diversified markets for digital trade, and analyze the impact of policy reforms. The OECD Digital STRI captures cross-cutting impediments that affect all types of services traded digitally. As a stand-alone instrument, it complements the OECD Services Trade Restrictiveness Index (STRI).   STRI indices take the value from 0 to 1. Complete openness to trade and investment gives a score of zero, while being completely closed to foreign services providers yields a score of one.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Digital STRI heterogeneity indices complement the recently published Digital STRI's and presents indices of regulatory heterogeneity based on the rich information in the Digital STRI regulatory database. The indices are built from assessing – for each country pair and each measure – whether or not the countries have the same regulation. For each country pair and each sector, the indices reflect the (weighted) share of measures for which the two countries have different regulation.
    • July 2015
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2015
      Select Dataset
      This table contains data on discouraged workers who are persons not in the labour force who believe that there is no work available due to various reasons and who desire to work. Data are broken down by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 15-64, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Graduates/new entrants in each educational field as a percentage of the sum of graduates/new entrants in all fields.
    • February 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 February, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Distribution of net official development assistance (ODA) is defined as geographical aid allocations. Net ODA may be distributed by income group (least developed countries, other low-income countries, lower middle-income countries, upper middle-income countries, unallocated and more advanced developing countries and territories) or by geography (sub-Saharan Africa, South and Central Asia, other Asia and Oceania, Middle East and North Africa, Latin America and the Caribbean, Europe, and unspecified). The OECD Development Assistance Committee's "List of ODA Recipients" shows developing countries and territories eligible for ODA. The list is revised every three years. It is designed for statistical purposes, not as guidance for aid distribution or for other preferential treatment. In particular, geographical aid allocations are national policy decisions and responsibilities. This indicator is measured in million USD constant prices, using 2018 as the base year.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Distribution of teachers by gender and different age groups.
    • March 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 April, 2016
      Select Dataset
      1. ccTLDs stands for country code top-level domains. 2. gTLDs - stands for generic top-level domains.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Tourism can be regarded as a social, cultural and economic phenomenon related to the movement of people outside their usual place of residence.
  • E
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Tables show earmarked grants classified into the 10 functions (or policy areas) for which they are disbursed. Functions are the same as used in the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) by the System of National Accounts. A 'miscellaneous' category has been added to these 10 functions to allow for situations where a precise breakdown by function is not available.
    • January 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      There has been a growing interest in monitoring patterns of trade in services around the world, which is partly associated with ongoing trade negotiations and partly due to the increasing importance of services in OECD economies. It has been developed to supplement other OECD publications on trade in services to address the data needs of trade analysts. It is also an important part of OECD's programme to facilitate the implementation of the recommendations of the revised Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services 2010.Other commentsThe Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services maintains a matrix summarising the status of the trade in services data collection performed by International Organisations. The table displays links to the databases as well as update timetables, availability of metadata, availability of bilateral data, and other important characteristics.
    • June 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Latest Version is available here: https://knoema.com/OECDEO2020DEC/economic-outlook-no-108-december-2020   Economic Outlook No 107 (EO107) 2/2   Given the unusual level of uncertainty caused by the Covid-19 pandemic, this Economic Outlook (EO107) presents two scenarios for each country and economy – one scenario in which a second outbreak occurs in most economies towards the end of this year (double-hit scenario) and an alternative scenario where the second outbreak is avoided (single-hit scenario).Furthermore, only a limited number of series is made available compared to past editions.   This data set presents the double-hit scenario.   The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in selected non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available.   The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 4 June 2020.   Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • June 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 June, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Latest version is available here: https://knoema.com/OECDEO2020DEC/economic-outlook-no-108-december-2020   Economic Outlook No 107 (EO107) 1/2   Given the unusual level of uncertainty caused by the Covid-19 pandemic, this Economic Outlook (EO107) presents two scenarios for each country and economy – one scenario in which a second outbreak occurs in most economies towards the end of this year (double-hit scenario) and an alternative scenario where the second outbreak is avoided (single-hit scenario).Furthermore, only a limited number of series is made available compared to past editions.   This data set presents the single-hit scenario.   The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in selected non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available.   The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 4 June 2020.   Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was June 1, 2023. The aggregation of world trade takes into account the projections made for the main non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Algeria, Angola, Azerbaijan Bahrain, Brunei, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Ecuador, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Iran, Iraq, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Libya, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Timor-Leste, Trinidad and Tobago, Turkmenistan, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Venezuela); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • December 2009
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of this Outlook provides a unique tool to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest rates and exchange rates, the balance of payments, government and of households, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual and quarterly data for the historical period and for the projection period. For this latter period, quarterly data are available for the G7 countries, and the OECD regions, while annual data are available for all OECD countries and for non-OECD regions. Quarterly series are seasonally adjusted. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible over the countries. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Annual Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators.
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of this Outlook provides a unique tool to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest rates and exchange rates, the balance of payments, government and of households, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual and quarterly data for the historical period and for the projection period. For this latter period, quarterly data are available for the G7 countries, and the OECD regions, while annual data are available for all OECD countries and for non-OECD regions. Quarterly series are seasonally adjusted. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible over the countries. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Annual Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators.
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Current data with full Archive version is available here: https://knoema.com/OECDEO2020DEC/economic-outlook-no-108-december-2020  
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Current data with full Archive version is available here: https://knoema.com/OECDEO2020DEC/economic-outlook-no-108-december-2020
    • April 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 April, 2021
      Select Dataset
       The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 29 May 2015. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains data on economic short-time workers by professional status (employees or total employment). Economic short-time workers comprise workers who are working less than usual due to business slack, plant stoppage, or technical reasons. However, the definitions are not harmonised which hampers the comparison across countries. Data are broken down professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD, in cooperation with the EU, has developed a harmonised definition of urban areas which overcomes previous limitations linked to administrative definitions (OECD, 2012). According to this definition an urban area is a functional economic unit characterised by densely inhabited “city core” and “commuting zone” whose labour market is highly integrated with the core. The Metropolitan database provides indicators of 649 OECD metropolitan areas identified in 33 OECD countries and the functional urban areas of Colombia. Comparable values of population, GDP, employment, and other indicators are presented.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The data presented in this table are addressing one of the seven quality of life dimensions that have been identified within the framework of Education and Social Outcomes. The seven dimensions are: Health status, Work-life balance, Social connections, Civic engagement and governance, Environment, Personal safety and Subjective well-being.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents internationally comparable data on education and earnings, by educational attainment, age and gender as published in OECD Education at a Glance 2022. For trend data, Education at a Glance 2022 includes data for 2005 and 2010-2020 (or years with available data).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data regarding the labour force status and the educational attainment level by the National Educational Attainment Categories (NEAC) as reported by the labour force survey (LFS) and published in OECD Education at a Glance 2017. For trend data, the Education at a Glance Database includes data from 1981 to 2016 (or years with available data).
    • April 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
      The nature of expenditure distinguishes between current and capital expenditure. The resource category refers to service provider (public institutions, government-dependent private institutions, and independent private institutions, i.e. both educational and other institutions). These expenditure figures are intended to represent the total cost of services provided by each type of institution, without regard to sources of funds (whether they are public or private).
    • April 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
      All entities that provide funds for education, either initially or as final payers, are classified as either governmental (public) sources or non-governmental (private) sources, the sole exception being "international agencies and other foreign sources", which are treated as a separate category. There are three types of financial transactions: Direct expenditure on educational institutions; Transfers to students or households and to other private entities; and Households' expenditure on education outside educational institutions.
    • April 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
      These indicators on expenditure on education are published in chapter C of Education at a Glance, which covers financial and human resources invested in education.They are either policy levers or provide context information on education systems, or sometimes both. For example, expenditure per student is a key policy measure that most directly affects the individual learner, as it acts as a constraint on the learning environment in schools and learning conditions in the classroom.The data set “educational finance indicators” provides the main indicators computed for three levels of education : primary, secondary and post-secondary non-tertiary levels combined; tertiary level; and primary to tertiary levels combined. Other datasets provide more breakdowns for each specific indicator.
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Average number of teachers by sex and age.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Average number of teachers by sex and type of institution.
    • August 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 August, 2020
      Select Dataset
       This indicator measures the proportion of earnings that are lost to either higher taxes or lower benefit entitlements when a jobless person takes up employment. It is commonly referred to as "Participation Tax Rate (PTR)" as it measures financial disincentives to participate in the labour market.
    • August 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 August, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Related data is available here: https://knoema.com/PTRCCSA/ptrs-for-parents-claiming-guaranteed-minimum-income-gmi-benefits-and-using-childcare-services This indicator measures the proportion of earnings that are lost to either higher taxes, lower benefits or childcare costs when a parent with young children takes up full-time employment and requires use of centre-based childcare services.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • January 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Pensions at a Glance indicators, covering all 34 OECD countries, are designed to show future entitlements for workers who entered the labour market in 2008 and spend their entire working lives under the same set of rules. The results presented here include all mandatory pension schemes for private-sector workers, regardless of whether they are public or private.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 09 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2012 : OECD COUNTRIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 21 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      2011 G) Emerging Economies: Consumer Support Estimate by Country These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries. NPC: Nominal Protection Coefficient. NAC: Nominal Assistance Coefficient.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries. TSE : Total support estimate.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      2011 E) Emerging Economies: Producer Support Estimate by Country These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries. NPC: Nominal Protection Coefficient. NAC: Nominal Assistance Coefficient.  
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 07 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset provides selected information on national emissions of air pollutants: man-made emissions of sulphur oxides (SOx), nitrogen oxides (NOx), particulate matter (PM), carbon monoxide (CO) and volatile organic compounds (VOC). Categories presented are based on the NFR (nomenclature for reporting) 2014 classification. 
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Compared to men, women are less likely to work full-time, more likely to be employed in lower-paid occupations, and less likely to progress in their careers. As a result gender pay gaps persist and women are more likely to end their lives in poverty. This data looks at how many men and women are in paid work, who works full-time, and how having children and growing older affect women’s work patterns and earnings differently to men’s. It looks at how women bear the brunt of domestic and family responsibilities, even when working full-time. It also considers the benefits for businesses of keeping skilled women in the workplace, and encouraging them to sit on company boards. It looks at women’s representation in parliaments, judicial systems, and the senior civil service. It examines male and female employment in the wake of the crisis, and how women tend to be confined to the most vulnerable categories within the informal sector in developing countries.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 21 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Employment, participation rates: population aged 15-64; Unemployment rate: active population aged 15-64.   Rates as defined by the International Labour Organization.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains a distribution of workers by job tenure intervals. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, self-employed, total employment – sex, five-year and broad age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 15-64, total, etc.). Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been in their current or main job or with their current employer. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are so far reported for a number of European countries and will be expanded to cover a greater number of countries. Unit of measure used - Data are expressed years. Example: 1.5 = 1 year and 6 months.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains the tenure composition (as a percentage of all job tenures). Data are broken down by professional status - employees and total employment - sex, five-year and broad age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 15-64, total, etc.). Geographic coverageIn order to facilitate analysis and comparisons over time, historical data for OECD members have been provided over as long a period as possible, often even before a country became a member of the Organisation. Information on the membership dates of all OECD countries can be found at OECD Ratification Dates.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been in their current or main job or with their current employer. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are so far reported for a number of European countries and will be expanded to cover a greater number of countries.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains data on permanent and temporary workers based on the type of work contract of their main job. Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. Concepts Classifications Data are collected by the OECD using the methodologies established by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP) (www.fao.org/fishery/cwp/search/en). This inter-agency body, created in 1960 to develop common procedures and standards for the collation of fisheries statistics, provides technical advice on fishery statistical matters. Its handbook of Fishery Statistical Standards comprises definitions of the various concepts used in fishery statistics, with the exception of Government Financial Transfers which is unique to the OECD. All other statistics are based on the CWP definitions. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionally collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • November 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Misha Gusev
      Accessed On: 23 November, 2022
      Select Dataset
    • April 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Number of students by level of education, adjusted to the financial year. When financial year, school year and calendar year differs, adjustments are made to ease comparison.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Enrolment rate per age is the percentage of students enrolled in each type of institution over the total of students
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by age and sex.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by field and sex.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator examines the share of students by gender, programme orientation, mode of study and type of institution over the total number of students.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by type of institution and sex.
    • March 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 March, 2021
      Select Dataset
      Number of students by level of education, adjusted to the financial year. When financial year, school year and calendar year differs, adjustments are made to ease comparison.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by country of origin and sex.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • August 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 September, 2014
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Entrepreneurship is crucial to economic development, promoting social integration and reducing inequalities. The Gender-entrepreneurship dataset presents an original collection of indicators that measure gender equality in entrepreneurship, providing an important reference for policy insights and policy making. Data refer mainly to the self-employed, their profile, age, education and sector of activity.
    • November 2008
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      Dataset provides information on selected economic aspects of environmental management. It includes tables on expenditure, which help to identify the financial consequences of environmental policies: public and private pollution abatement and control expenditure; public research and development financing for environmental protection; official development assistance, including aid in support of environment. Dataset also includes data concerning revenues from environmentally-related taxes.
    • October 2013
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      Note: Update to this data are available only to OECD subscribers. Please visit: https://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=REG_ENV_TL3. National values have been computed based on regional estimates. For this reason, it is possible that in some cases these values differ from national statistics.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      As countries are increasingly using a wide range of policy measures to address agri-environmental issues, indicators provide crucial information to monitor and analyse the effects of those policies on the environment. They can also help the understanding and analysis of the environmental effects of future policy scenarios and agricultural projections. To help improve measurement of the environmental performance of agriculture, OECD has established a set of agri-environmental indicators, with development of the indicators in cooperation with Eurostat and FAO. These indicators inform policy makers and society on the state and trends in agri-environmental conditions, and can provide a valuable aid to policy analysis.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Environmental Policy Stringency Index (EPS) is a country-specific and internationally-comparable measure of the stringency of environmental policy. Stringency is defined as the degree to which environmental policies put an explicit or implicit price on polluting or environmentally harmful behaviour. The index ranges from 0 (not stringent) to 6 (highest degree of stringency). The index covers 28 OECD and 6 BRIICS countries for the period 1990-2012. The index is based on the degree of stringency of 14 environmental policy instruments, primarily related to climate and air pollution.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data is expressed in million national currency.   Environmental protection (EP) includes all activities and actions which have as their main purpose the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution as well as any other degradation of the environment. The scope of environmental protection expenditure is defined according to the Classification of Environmental Protection Activities (CEPA 2000). CEPA distinguishes nine environmental domains.   The Environmental Protection Expenditure Account (EPEA) is a monetary description of environmental protection activities in accordance with the System of Environmental-economic Accounting (SEEA) central framework. It is coherent with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) which applies to national accounts and related satellite accounts. Because the full EPEA framework is quite expensive in terms of resources to be set up, this EPEA module significantly simplifies the full framework while it still allows compiling a measure of environmental protection expenditure for the whole economy comparable with national accounts aggregates.   This data focuses on the production and uses of environmental protection services. Output of these services can be output of market, non-market and ancillary activities. EPEA is directly linked to the three definitions of GDP, the production measure, the expenditure measure and the income measure of GDP.   EPEA covers (1) expenditure on EP products by resident units; (2) expenditure related to the production of EP products, including the gross capital formation, and (3) transactions related to the financing of EP expenditure. It covers both the supply and demand side. Demand equals supply: Final consumption + Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF for characteristic environmental activities) + Exports - Imports = Output - Intermediate consumption + VAT plus taxes less subsidies on products That is, the final uses of a product equal the supply of that product. The terms can be reorganised as follows: Final consumption + GFCF + Intermediate consumption = Output + Imports - Exports + VAT plus taxes less subsidies on products   The left side is the sought sum of expenditure on EP products by resident units. The right side proposes an alternative calculation approach, which indeed EPEA follows instead of the left side approach. There are several reasons for this choice, including that (a) output is simpler to measure than final consumption, intermediate consumption and capital formation (capital formation in EP products is rare; one instance is soil decontamination leading to land improvement); (b) imports and exports are small; and (c) output is also relevant by itself for analysis of production.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Unit of measure used Environmental protection (EP) includes all purposeful activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment resulting from production or consumption processes. The scope of Environmental Protection is defined according to the Classification of Environmental Protection Activities (CEPA), which distinguishes nine different environmental domains. Activities such as energy and material saving are only included to the extent that they mainly aim at environmental protection. An important example is recycling which is included only to the extent that it constitutes a substitute for waste management. Excluded are: (i) activities that, while beneficial to the environment, primarily satisfy technical needs or health and safety requirements for the protection of the workplace. (ii) expenditure linked to mobilisation of natural resources (e.g., water supply). (iii) calculated cost items such as depreciation (consumption of fixed capital) or the cost of capital as this questionnaire only records actual outlays. (iv) payments of interest, fines and penalties for non-compliance with environmental regulations or compensations to third parties etc., as they are not directly linked with an environmental protection activity. Environmental Protection Expenditure can be evaluated both according to the abater principle and the financing principle. This distinction makes it possible to aggregate different sectors and industries without double counting. Expenditure according to the abater principle (EXP I), includes all expenditure that the sector has for measures they themselves execute. Any economic benefits directly linked with the environmental protection activities (Receipts from by-products) are deducted in order to calculate the net amount of money spent by the sector for their own activities. The financing principle (EXP II) measures how much money a particular sector (directly) contributes to overall environmental protection activities, wherever they are executed. This means that the part of EXP I that was directly financed by others (through subsidies or revenues received) should be deducted, while the part of EXP I in other sectors that this sector finances directly (through subsidies or fees paid) should be added. The framework is based on double entry bookkeeping, where each activity and expenditure item has an abater (producer) and a financing side. This means that much expenditure by specialised producers is financed by the users of their services, mainly business sector and households. This will be recorded as Revenues for the Specialised producers (Table 4), and fees/purchases in Business and Households (Tables 2 and 3). Specialised producers include the production of environmental protection services by public and private corporations or quasi-corporations for the use of other units, mainly financed by the users of these services. These are mainly activities within ISIC Rev. 4/NACE Rev. 2 division and classes 37, 38.1, 38.2 and 39 such as: 37 Sewerage, 38.1 Waste collection, 38.2 Waste treatment and disposal, 39  Remediation activities and other waste management services. This sector is the sum of two components: a) Public specialised producers: All corporations and quasi-corporations that are subject to control by government units. Control is defined as the ability to determine general corporate policy by choosing appropriate directors, if necessary (Table 4A). b) Private specialised producers: All corporations and quasi-corporations that are not subject to control by government units (Table 4B). Specialised producers could also include for example the activities of e.g. volunteer environmental organisations or secondary environmental activities. These should be entered along with a footnote describing the coverage. CEPA domains: a column "pollution abatement and control" (PAC) has been kept in the questionnaire to ensure continuity with earlier data series.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      EAMFP growth measures the residual growth in the joint production of both the desirable and the undesirable outputs that cannot be explained by changes in the consumption of factor inputs (including labour, produced capital and natural capital). Therefore, for a given growth of input use, EAMFP increases when GDP increases or when pollution decreases. As part of the growth accounting framework underlying the EAMFP indicator, the growth contribution of natural capital and growth adjustment for pollution abatement indicators are derived: Growth contribution of natural capital - measures to what extent a country's growth in output is attributable to natural resource use; Growth adjustment for pollution abatement - measures to what extent a country's GDP growth should be corrected for pollution abatement efforts - adding what has been undervalued due to resources being diverted to pollution abatement, or deducing the ‘excess' growth which is generated at the expense of environmental quality.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents the data collected from OECD and partner economies on environmentally related tax revenue accounts with a breakdown by tax-base category and industrial activity. The data collection follows the OECD methodological guidelines for compiling Environmentally Related Tax Revenue (ERTR) accounts in line with the System of Environmental-Economic Accounting - Central Framework (SEEA-CF). The OECD ERTR accounts are consistent with the existing data collection by Eurostat. Nevertheless, in an effort to enhance the policy relevance of this SEEA module, the OECD approach goes slightly further and includes several additional revenue categories: Taxes levied on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are explicitly reported in two sub-categories: an energy related part (recorded as an energy tax) and a non-energy related part, such as certain GHG emissions related to landfills or agriculture (recorded as a pollution tax). Four "memo items" (i.e. information items that do not change the total) are included: (i) Certain land taxes; (ii) Taxes on oil and natural gas extraction; (iii) Taxes on the resource rent; (iv) Elevated value added taxes levied on environmentally related tax-bases. The dataset covers OECD member countries, accession candidates and selected partner economies since the year 1995. For EU countries, it includes the information on ERTR accounts reported to Eurostat.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 26 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      National currencies are converted in United States dollars (USD) using IMF monthly average conversion rates.
    • September 2017
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 November, 2017
      Select Dataset
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Countries report expenditures by sources of funds: Governement (central, regional, local); International agencies and other foreign sources; Households and Other private entities (including firms and religious institutions and other non-profit organisations). Three types of financial transactions can be distinguished: -direct expenditure/payments on educational institutions -Intergovernmental transfers for education -Transfers to students or households and to other private entities.
    • May 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 May, 2021
      Select Dataset
      Air pollution is considered one of the most pressing environmental and health issues across OECD countries and beyond. According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5) has potentially the most significant adverse effects on health compared to other pollutants. PM2.5 can be inhaled and cause serious health problems including both respiratory and cardiovascular disease, having its most severe effects on children and elderly people. Exposure to PM2.5 has been shown to considerably increase the risk of heart disease and stroke in particular. For these reasons, population exposure to (outdoor or ambient) PM2.5 has been identified as an OECD Green Growth headline indicator. The underlying PM2.5 concentrations estimates are taken from van Donkelaar et al. (2016). They have been derived using satellite observations and a chemical transport model, calibrated to global ground-based measurements using Geographically Weighted Regression at 0.01° resolution. The underlying population data, Gridded Population of the World, version 4 (GPWv4) are taken from the Socioeconomic Data and Applications Center (SEDAC) at the NASA. The underlying boundary geometries are taken from the Global Administrative Unit Layers (GAUL) developed by the FAO, and the OECD Territorial Classification, when available. The current version of the database presents much more variation with respect to the previous one. The reason is that the underlying concentration estimates previously included smoothed multi-year averages and interpolations; while in the current version annual concentration estimates are used. Establishing trends of pollution exposure should be done with care, especially at smaller output areas, as their inputs (e.g. underlying data and models) can change from year to year. We recommend using a 3-year moving average for visualisation.
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 30 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Air pollution is considered one of the most pressing environmental and health issues across OECD countries and beyond. According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5) has potentially the most significant adverse effects on health compared to other pollutants. PM2.5 can be inhaled and cause serious health problems including both respiratory and cardiovascular disease, having its most severe effects on children and elderly people. Exposure to PM2.5 has been shown to considerably increase the risk of heart disease and stroke in particular. For these reasons, population exposure to (outdoor or ambient) PM2.5 has been identified as an OECD Green Growth headline indicator. The underlying PM2.5 concentrations estimates are taken from van Donkelaar et al. (2016). They have been derived using satellite observations and a chemical transport model, calibrated to global ground-based measurements using Geographically Weighted Regression at 0.01° resolution. The underlying population data, Gridded Population of the World, version 4 (GPWv4) are taken from the Socioeconomic Data and Applications Center (SEDAC) at the NASA. The underlying boundary geometries are taken from the Global Administrative Unit Layers (GAUL) developed by the FAO, and the OECD Territorial Classification, when available. The current version of the database presents much more variation with respect to the previous one. The reason is that the underlying concentration estimates previously included smoothed multi-year averages and interpolations; while in the current version annual concentration estimates are used. Establishing trends of pollution exposure should be done with care, especially at smaller output areas, as their inputs (e.g. underlying data and models) can change from year to year. We recommend using a 3-year moving average for visualization.
  • F
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      In view of the strong demand for cross-national indicators on the situation of families and children, the OECD Family Database was developed to provide cross-national indicators on family outcomes and family policies across the OECD countries, its enhanced engagement partners and EU member states. The database brings together information from various national and international databases, both from within the OECD and from external organisations. The database classifies indicators into four main dimensions: (i) structure of families, (ii) labour market position of families, (iii) public policies for families and children and (iv) child outcomes. Detailed information on the definitions, sources and methods used in the construction of the database can be found on the OECD Family Database webpage.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      FDI data are based on statistics provided by 35 OECD member countries and by Lithuania. BMD4: OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment - 4th Edition
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset FDI flows main aggregates, BMD4 is updated every quarter and includes annual and quarterly aggregate Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) flows for OECD member countries and for non-OECD G20 countries (Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Saudi Arabia and South Africa), which are included in Balance of Payments (BOP) accounts. FDI flows record the value of cross-border transactions related to direct investment during a given period of time, usually a quarter or a year, and consist of equity transactions, reinvestment of earnings, and intercompany debt transactions.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      FDI statistics cover all entities in an FDI relationship. An FDI relationship is established when an investor in one country acquires 10% or more of the voting power in a business enterprise in another country. The investor is also called a direct investor or a parent and the business enterprise is called a direct investment enterprise or an affiliate. The 10 percent criteria is used to establish that the direct investor has a significant degree of influence over the operations of the direct investment enterprise. The FDI population includes affiliates that are directly and indirectly owned by the parent. In direct ownership, the parent owns the 10% or more voting power itself. In indirect ownership, the parent controls an affiliate that in turn owns 10 percent or more of the voting power in another enterprise. The FDI population also includes enterprises that are not in a direct investment relationship themselves but have a direct investor in common. Called fellow enterprises, they are included because, even though there is no direct investment relationship between the two, any transactions between them likely resulted from the influence that their common direct investor has on both of their operations.
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 February, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset FDI positions by counterpart area, BMD4 includes inward and outward Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) positions by partner country for OECD reporting economies.  Inward and outward FDI positions by partner country are presented according to the directional principle (unless otherwise specified in the country level metadata); they are measured in USD millions, in millions of national currency and as a share of total FDI positions.
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 February, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset FDI positions by economic activity, BMD4 includes inward and outward Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) positions by economic activity according to ISIC4 for OECD reporting economies.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset FDI positions main aggregates, BMD4 is updated every quarter and includes annual aggregate Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) positions for OECD member countries and for non-OECD G20 countries (Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Saudi Arabia and South Africa), which are included in International Investment Position (IIP) accounts. FDI positions record the total level of direct investment at a given point in time, usually the end of a quarter or of a year.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index (FDI Index) measures statutory restrictions on foreign direct investment across 22 economic sectors. It gauges the restrictiveness of a country’s FDI rules by looking at the four main types of restrictions on FDI: 1) Foreign equity limitations; 2) Discriminatory screening or approval mechanisms; 3) Restrictions on the employment of foreigners as key personnel and 4) Other operational restrictions, e.g. restrictions on branching and on capital repatriation or on land ownership by foreign-owend enterprises. Restrictions are evaluated on a 0 (open) to 1 (closed) scale. The overall restrictiveness index is the average of sectoral scores. The discriminatory nature of measures, i.e. when they apply to foreign investors only, is the central criterion for scoring a measure. State ownership and state monopolies, to the extent they are not discriminatory towards foreigners, are not scored. The FDI Index is not a full measure of a country’s investment climate. A range of other factors come into play, including how FDI rules are implemented. Entry barriers can also arise for other reasons, including state ownership in key sectors. A country’s ability to attract FDI will be affected by others factors such as the size of its market, the extent of its integration with neighbours and even geography among other. Nonetheless, FDI rules can be a critical determinant of a country’s attractiveness to foreign investors.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Chapter B includes indicators that are either policy levers or antecedents to policy, or sometimes both. For example, expenditure per student is a key policy measure that most directly affects the individual learner, as it acts as a constraint on the learning environment in schools and learning conditions in the classroom.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      National Accounts - Volume IIIb - Financial Balance Sheets - Stocks, which record the stocks of financial assets and liabilities by institutional sectors, at the end of the accounting period, and are presented in two tables: Balance sheets for financial assets and liabilities, consolidated and Balance sheets for financial assets and liabilities, non consolidated.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data are compiled either by Central banks, or Statistical National Institutes. EU data are validated and provided by the European Central Bank whereas non-EU data are provided by national institutions. The sectors for which information is presented are: Total economy (S1) - Non-financial corporations (S11) - Financial corporations (S12) and its sub-sectors (S121 to S125) - General government (S13) and its sub-sectors (1311 to S1314) - Households (S14) - Non-profit institutions serving households (S15) Rest of the world (S2)
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The financial indicators in this dataset are derived from OECD countries’ financial accounts (transactions): they give a picture of the short-term behavior of institutional sectors. They comprise for instance: Net financial transactions of the general government, as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product (GDP), which corresponds to the general government deficit; Transactions in financial assets of Households and NPISHs, as a percentage of Households Gross Disposable Income (GDI); Transactions in liabilities of Households and NPISHs, as a percentage of GDI.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The financial indicators in this dataset are constructed from OECD countries’ financial balance sheets (stocks): these ratios are considered as relevant to analyse the position and performance of the various institutional sectors. They comprise for instance: Financial net worth of Households and NPISHs, as a percentage of GDI; Non-financial corporations debt to equity ratio; Private sector debt; Leverage of the banking sector; General government debt, as a percentage of GDP.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents internationally comparable data on expenditure per student on educational institutions at sub-national level. Expenditure per student on educational institutions at a particular level of education is calculated by dividing total expenditure on educational institutions at that level by the corresponding full-time equivalent enrolment. Expenditure per student are converted into equivalent USD by using national purchasing power parities (PPPs) for GDP. Further work on the cost of living at subnational level is required to fully adjust expenditure per student available in this dataset.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      National Accounts - Volume IIIa - Financial Accounts - Flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors, and are presented in two tables: Financial accounts, consolidated and Financial accounts, non-consolidated.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Financial account, which is the second accumulation account, records financial flows: it indicates the types of financial instruments utilized by the different institutional sectors to acquire financial assets or incur liabilities. Data are compiled either by Central banks, or Statistical National Institutes. EU data are validated and provided by the European Central Bank whereas non-EU data are provided by national institutions.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 02 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The dataset Fisheries International collaboration in technology development (bilateral) provides the number of co-inventions (simple patent families) developed jointly by at least two inventors. This indicator is disaggregated by: Country - country of residence of the inventor(s), integral counted; in cases when inventors from more than two countries collaborate, this is translated into distinct bilateral relationships between country pairs. For example, if inventors from 3 countries collaborate (e.g. USA, DEU, JPN) then a unit count is assigned to 6 country pairs (USA-DEU, USA-JPN, DEU-JPN, DEU-USA, JPN-USA, JPN-DEU); in this case a country generally coordinate the project and the others are partners. Partner – country of residence of the inventor(s) who collaborate to the patent. Technology domain – the three main areas of innovation in fisheries and aquaculture, related to technology development. In detail: 1. Harvesting technology such as more effective ways to find or harvest fish and which are typically associated with improvements in catch per unit of effort (e.g. type/size of vessels and their methods of propulsion, search technologies, method of catching or harvesting fish and bringing them on board); 2.Aquaculture technology such as methods to more effectively grow fish in captivity (innovation in feeds, improving the health of aquaculture animals, etc.); 3. New products and markets such as the development of new fish products and markets (food technologies/processing such as the development of surimi as a crabmeat substitute) and the improvement of market access (secure or enlarge markets for fish products) that provides important incentives for green growth (e.g. eco-certification with fishers adopting by-catch saving technologies or modifying fishing practices and/or territorial user rights in fisheries).
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Fisheries R&D expenditures dataset contains the budgetary expenditures in research and development on total budgetary FSE. Three variables are presented in this dataset:  • R&D expenditures - they are budgetary expenditures that finance research and development activities related to fisheries, irrespective of the institution (private or public, ministry, university, research centre or fisher group) or where they take place, the nature of research (scientific, institutional, etc.), or its purpose. The focus is on research and development expenditures on applied research related to the fisheries sector. Social-sciences research related to fisheries is included. It is also included data dissemination when associated primarily with research and development (knowledge generation), e.g. reports from research and databases developed as an adjunct to research. •FISHERIES SUPPORT ESTIMATE - Budgetary - it is the annual monetary value of gross transfers from taxpayers to fishers arising from policy measures that support fisheries, regardless of their nature, objectives or impacts. Data on FSE are collected by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) on an annual basis from all its participating countries. Data are provided by Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. The original financial data is collected in national currency at current values; they are converted and published also in US dollars, for analytical purposes and to allow data comparisons. • Share of R&D expenditures on FSE - it is the share of budgetary research and development expenditures on total budgetary FSE. Please notice that total budgetary FSE is defined ‘net’, i.e. it is adjusted for costs incurred by fishers in order to receive the support. Whenever these costs are of significant amount, total budgetary FSE becomes remarkably low or negative. The corresponding share of research and development expenditures turns into a percentage exceptionally high or negative.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Fisheries Support Estimates (FSE) database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies.   These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual.   More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.   The FSE data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   Data on landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • December 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 11 December, 2020
      Select Dataset
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 08 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Fisheries fleet: The FAO has a two dimensional definition, of which the OECD only uses the concept of fishing vessel. Fishery Fleet: The term "fishery fleet" or "fishery vessels" refers to mobile floating objects of any kind and size, operating in freshwater, brackishwater and marine waters which are used for catching, harvesting, searching, transporting, landing, preserving and/or processing fish, shellfish and other aquatic organisms, residues and plants. Fishing vessel: The term "fishing vessel" is used instead when the vessel is engaged only in catching operations. Gross Register Tonnage: The Gross Register Tonnage represents the total measured cubic content of the permanently enclosed spaces of a vessel, with some allowances or deductions for exempt spaces such as living quarters (1 gross register ton = 100 cubic feet = 2.83 cubic metres).
    • July 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 30 August, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The OECD food waste dataset is a compilation of available data related to food loss and food waste for 32 countries. The period covered may vary across different countries depending on data availability (globally ranging from 1993 to 2013). Several types of sources have been used: international organisations, government and national statistic institutes, OECD delegations, academic studies and private sector or>>/governmental analytical reports. When available, detailed information on sources is provided in the "variable def. and sources" (eg. references to an academic article or a government website).
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      The number of students enrolled refers to the count of students studying in the reference period. Each student enrolled in the education programmes covered by the corresponding category is counted once and only once. National data collection systems permitting, the statistics reflect the number of students enrolled at the beginning of the school / academic year. Preferably, the end (or near-end) of the first month of the school / academic year is chosen (special arrangements are made for part-year students who may not start studies at the beginning of the school year). Students are classified as foreign students (non-citizens) if they are not citizens of the country in which the data are collected. While pragmatic and operational, this classification is inappropriate for capturing student mobility because of differing national policies regarding the naturalisation of immigrants. Countries that have lower propensity to grant permanent residence to its immigrant populations are likely to report second generation immigrants as foreign students. Therefore, for student mobility and bilateral comparisons, interpretations of data based on the concept of foreign students should be made with caution. Students are classified as international students if they left their country of origin and moved to another country for the purpose of study. Depending on country-specific immigration legislation, mobility arrangements, and data availability, international students may be defined as students who are not permanent or usual residents of their country of study or alternatively as students who obtained their prior education in a different country, including another EU country.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      FDI statistics cover all entities in an FDI relationship. An FDI relationship is established when an investor in one country acquires 10% or more of the voting power in a business enterprise in another country. The investor is also called a direct investor or a parent and the business enterprise is called a direct investment enterprise or an affiliate. The 10 percent criteria is used to establish that the direct investor has a significant degree of influence over the operations of the direct investment enterprise.   The FDI population includes affiliates that are directly and indirectly owned by the parent. In direct ownership, the parent owns the 10% or more voting power itself. In indirect ownership, the parent controls an affiliate that in turn owns 10 percent or more of the voting power in another enterprise.   The FDI population also includes enterprises that are not in a direct investment relationship themselves but have a direct investor in common. Called fellow enterprises, they are included because, even though there is no direct investment relationship between the two, any transactions between them likely resulted from the influence that their common direct investor has on both of their operations.
    • December 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 November, 2016
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      ARGENTINA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Argentina coincides with the calendar year. The Republic of Argentina is a federal country comprising twenty-three provinces and one autonomous city (Autonomous City of Buenos Aires - CABA), which is the capital city of the country. Methodological notes This inventory includes monetary transfers made by the National Administration to finance the current expenditures of different stakeholders related to the energy sector, including state-owned companies, private companies and trust funds. It also includes tax expenditures related to taxes on fuels (motor gasoline, diesel fuel and compressed natural gas). These are calculated by the government as revenue foregone when a tax treatment other than the one established in more general terms in the tax laws, or a different tax treatment to substitute goods, is provided (Ministerio de Hacienda y Finanzas Públicas, 2016).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      AUSTRALIA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Australia runs from 1July to 30June. Following OECD convention, data are allocated to the starting calendar year so that data covering the period July2005 to June2006 are allocated to 2005. Australia being a federal country, the data also cover the following states and territories: the Australian Capital Territory (ACT), New South Wales (NSW), the Northern Territory (NT), Queensland (QLD), South Australia (SA), Tasmania (TAS), Victoria (VIC), and Western Australia (WA). Certain features of Australia’s tax system that indirectly support the production of fossil fuels apply to the mining sector as a whole. While the OECD’s approach to support for fossil fuels stresses the importance of specificity [1], the present inventory considers those measures that apply to mining in general to be specific enough to warrant their inclusion in the database. In the absence of data on the actual sector distribution of the usage of these measures, as in other countries, the OECD has estimated based on relative levels of output or exploration expenditure the share of the usage that relates to fossil-fuel extraction, as opposed to the share relating to the extraction of other minerals (e.g. gold or zinc). This estimation should not be interpreted, however, as reflecting the views of the responsible governments. [2] Because 90% of Australia’s power generation uses fossil fuels (and coal in particular), and taking into account the fact that the country does not trade electricity with other economies, measures directly supporting the use of electricity in Australia are here treated as indirect support for fossil fuels. Since Victoria is the only state where recoverable brown coal reserves are available, all state-level measures in place in other states and benefitting coal have been allocated to hard coal only. [ABS Mineral Account (1996) and Minerals Council of Australia (2015) Coal Hard Facts] Notes relating to Producer Support Estimates The offshore extraction of oil and natural gas in Australia is subject to a particular tax regime combining a resource tax and the regular corporate income tax. The former, the Petroleum Resource Rent Tax (PRRT), was introduced with the Petroleum Resource Rent Tax Assessment Act of 1987. It is project-based and applies to taxable profits at the rate of 40%. [3] Rules under the PRRT allow for the full deduction of exploration, development, and decommissioning expenditures in the year in which they are incurred. Financing costs are, however, not deductible for PRRT purposes. Unclaimed deductions can be carried forward and compounded every year at varying rates. Some of these deductions can also be transferred to other projects within the same company or group. The general corporate income-tax rate in Australia is 30% and deductions are allowed for PRRT and royalty payments, business expenses, and exploration costs incurred for mining (including coal) and oil and gas extraction. Some expenses related to mine rehabilitation and the decommissioning of offshore platforms are also deductible for income-tax purposes. Because the tax is not ring-fenced, losses from one project can be deducted against the profits of another. The immediate write-off of expenditures of a capital nature (including exploration and development expenditures) is normally considered under the tax systems of many countries to amount to a preferential tax treatment. The reason is that in calculating taxable profits in most income-tax systems, capital expenses are amortised over the period to which they contribute to earnings. Allowing these types of expenditure to be written-off in full in the year in which they are incurred therefore provides companies with a benefit akin to a zero-interest loan from the government since it delays the collection of taxes. A present-value calculation would thus show a positive transfer from the government to the companies benefitting from such provisions. However, when combined with a provision preventing companies from deducting interest costs and other financing charges, the immediate write-off of expenditures of a capital nature may not be considered preferential tax treatment. This is because this particular combination of tax provisions may approximate what is known as "cash-flow" taxation. Cash-flow tax systems can be theoretically equivalent to the more common imputed-income tax systems where the objective is to levy a neutral business tax. For that reason, measures such as the expensing of exploration and development costs may not be preferential tax provisions in the particular case of Australia’s PRRT. [4] In recent years, the Australian Government has enacted legislation that modified the country’s resource-taxation regime considerably. Changes include the extension of the PRRT regime to most onshore and offshore oil and natural-gas projects, and the introduction and subsequent repeal of the short-lived Mineral Resource Rent Tax (MRRT), which only applied from 2012 through 2013 and sought to tax the profits from the extraction of coal and iron ore at a 30% rate. Footnotes [1] Article2 of the WTO’s Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures (SCM) also stresses the importance of "specificity" in determining whether a particular measure falls under the scope of the agreement. [2] An estimated allocation based on gross-output shares or exploration expenditure by mineral is used here to provide readers with a sense of the magnitudes involved. Since these allocations are not from government sources and are based on general volume and value ratios, they might not always correlate well with actual distributions, if such information were available. These assumptions have been made by the OECD and should not be interpreted as reflecting the views of the responsible government. [3] Some offshore areas like the North West Shelf were, until recently, still subject to the previous royalty and crude-oil excise regime, or to production-sharing contracts. However, legislation enacted by the Australian Government now provides for the extension of the PRRT regime to all onshore and offshore oil and gas projects by 1July2012, with the exception of the Joint Petroleum Development Area in the Timor Sea which remains subject to production-sharing contracts with Timor-Leste under the Timor Sea Treaty. [4] See Box5 in OECD (2015).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      AUSTRIA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Austria coincides with the calendar year. Amounts prior to 1999 are expressed as "euro-fixed series", meaning that this inventory applies the fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR 1 = ATS 13.7603) to data initially expressed in Austrian Schilling (ATS). In the case of the support measure AUT_te_04 ("Energy-Tax Refund to Energy-Intensive Industries"), the conversion into EUR was already made by the Federal Ministry of Finance. Annual estimates were found on the website of the Federal Ministry of Finance or provided directly by the Federal Ministry of Finance (for years prior to 2004).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      BELGIUM: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Belgium coincides with the calendar year. Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 1999 are expressed as "euro-fixed series", meaning that this inventory applies the fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR 1 = BEF 40.339) to data initially expressed in the Belgian Franc (BEF). Producer Support Estimate Belgium supported the production of hard coal until 1992, at which time the last mine still in operation was closed. Since then, it has not supported the production of any fossil fuel.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      BRAZIL: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes Brazil is a federation comprising 27sub-national jurisdictions [1] that possess a certain degree of freedom in setting prices for energy generation, transmission, and distribution. For this reason, there may be variations between federal and regional authorities in the adoption and implementation of energy-related policies. A few regional spending programmes provide reductions in the ICMS tax for transactions involving diesel fuel used in public transport. A cursory review of these regional policies suggests that the overall value of sub-national support for fossil fuels is much less significant than that of federal support. Brazil’s fiscal year coincides with the calendar year. Methodological note A large part of support to fossil fuels in non-OECD economies takes the form of price controls or regulations benefitting final consumers. In many cases, this occurs through the government mandating state-owned oil and gas companies to charge lower retail prices, which lowers the revenues these companies collect through their sales of fuel. This sometimes results in the government subsequently intervening to compensate state-owned oil and gas companies for the losses they incurred in the downstream sector due to the regulated prices, with this compensation taking many forms. Some governments choose, for example, to compensate national oil and gas companies through targeted tax concessions (e.g., VAT exemptions) or equity injections. This inventory focusses on the direct budgetary transfers and tax expenditures that encourage the production or consumption of fossil fuels, including those benefitting national oil and gas companies. For this reason, some of the measures classified here under "Producer Support Estimate" may have been introduced by governments with a view to compensating domestic, vertically integrated oil and gas companies for the lower prices they are required to charge at the retail level, resulting in these measures being connected to some extent to consumer support. Producer Support Estimate Upstream operators of oil and natural-gas concession blocks in Brazil are subject to additional specific government levies - notably royalties, a signature bonus, a special participation tax, and an area-retention tax. Royalties take the form of a monthly tax applied on sales revenue at a rate of 10%, which can be reduced in exceptional cases to 5%. Special participation is a quarterly tax applied on sales revenue at a rate that varies from 10% to 40%, which is adjusted for certain high-volume or high-profit-margin fields. The signature bonus is an amount included by oil and gas producers in their concession bids, and which is payable to the ANP upon signature of the concession agreement. Lastly, the area-retention tax is an annual tax set by the ANP during the bidding round, the rate of which depends on the size and the geological characteristics of the field. Under this latter tax, upstream operators of concession blocks located onshore must pay the owners of the land where they operate an amount determined by the ANP, usually in the range of 0.5% to 1% of the value of production. Under concession agreements, upstream operators are also required to carry out domestic R&D investments equal to at least 1% of their gross revenues. Readers are advised that some fiscal measures related to oil and natural-gas production may not constitute tax expenditures under an alternative baseline where resource taxes (or production taxes) vary with market conditions and production costs. This inventory uses the annual amounts of tax expenditures as reported by the Federal Revenue Secretariat of Brazil. Footnotes [1] The Federative Republic ofBrazil currently consists of 26 states and one federal district.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      CANADA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Canada runs from 1 April to 31 March. Following OECD convention, data are allocated to the starting calendar year so that data covering the period April 2005 to March 2006 are allocated to 2005. Canada being a federal country, the data also cover the following provinces and territories: Alberta (AB), British Columbia (BC), Manitoba (MB), New Brunswick (NB), Newfoundland and Labrador (NL), Nova Scotia (NS), Ontario (ON), Prince Edward Island (PE), Quebec (QC), Saskatchewan (SK), and Yukon Territory (YT). [1] The inventory includes a number of provincial tax expenditures within resource royalty systems. These are included because they are explicitly defined as quantified departures from the general royalty rules. As noted in Chapter 2 of OECD (2015), however, it is important that such measures, including their objectives and impacts, be considered (in a parallel way with income-tax and consumption-tax measures) within the context of the broader royalty system of which they form a part. Certain features of Canada’s tax system that indirectly support the production of fossil fuels - including coal and oil sands - apply to the mining sector as a whole. While the OECD definition of support to fossil fuels stresses specificity as a requisite [2], the present inventory considers those measures that apply to mining in general to be specific enough to warrant their inclusion in the database. In the absence of data on the actual sector distribution of the usage of these measures, as in other countries, the OECD has estimated based on relative output levels the share of the usage that relates to fossil-fuel extraction, as opposed to the share relating to the extraction of other minerals (e.g. uranium). This should not be interpreted, however, as reflecting the views of the responsible governments. [3] Notes relating to Producer Support Estimates in the Province of Quebec The province of Quebec does not currently produce fossil fuels on a significant scale, though some companies are actively exploring for oil in the Gaspe Peninsula and around the Anticosti Island. Exploration efforts are also concentrating on the province’s potential for shale gas, mostly in the south (e.g. Basses-Terres du Saint-Laurent). The refundable tax credit for resources (Crédit d’impôt remboursable relatif aux ressources) was introduced in March 2001 by the government of Quebec and provides eligible mining companies operating in the province with a refundable tax credit for up to 38.75% of qualifying exploration expenditure. [4] Qualifying exploration expenditure includes those expenses made with respect to oil and natural-gas, and which attract an additional 50% deduction for tax purposes. While this measure benefits some companies engaged in the exploration for fossil fuels in Quebec, exploration expenditure in the province remains heavily oriented towards non-energy minerals. This measure is therefore not deemed specific enough to warrant inclusion in the present inventory, which would not preclude its inclusion at a later stage should fossil-fuel exploration further increase in scale. Footnotes [1] The inventory does not include at this stage Nunavut and the Northwest Territories. [2] Article 2 of the WTO’s Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures (SCM) also stresses the importance of "specificity" in determining whether a particular measure falls under the scope of the agreement. [3] An estimated allocation based on gross-output shares is used here to provide readers with a sense of the magnitudes involved. Since these allocations are not from government sources and are based on general volume and value ratios, they might not always correlate well with actual distributions, if such information were available. These assumptions have been made by the OECD and should not be interpreted as reflecting the views of the responsible government. [4] The amount of credit that can be claimed depends on whether taxpayers are also engaged in the extraction of minerals or hydrocarbons, and on the region in which they operate (e.g. the Great North). This measure is not compatible with flow-through shares.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      SWITZERLAND: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Switzerland coincides with the calendar year.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      CHILE: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The Chilean tax system relies on the use of the UTM (Unidad Tributaria Mensual). The UTM is a unit of account used exclusively for tax purposes. Its exchange rate vis-à-vis the Chilean peso is adjusted monthly on the basis of the consumer price index, thereby keeping its real value more or less constant.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      CHINA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes China’s publically available budget data lack the specificity of many OECD countries. Where available, figures provided as part of the official budget cycle typically group expenses at the highest level for overall categories, while estimates of the revenue foregone due to tax expenditures are rarely provided. Official announcements, especially those related to overall programme budgets, are often made via reports issued by official news agencies of the People’s Central Government (Xinhua, CCTV) or the Chinese Communist Party (People’s Daily). Media sources (Caixin, Caijing and other financial websites) also occasionally reveal budget support levels or estimates of tax expenditures. The sources are typically the Central Government or relevant ministries, firms themselves, or top company officials. News sources will also occasionally compare these statements with other official documents they were able to obtain in order to arrive at broader estimates. These documents are often featured on official government websites of the Central People’s Government or the Ministry of Finance (MOF). Sources are clearly stated in this database, including whether the amounts have been initially provided or subsequently cited by government websites or by official media sources. The same caveats apply to amounts listed as "government grants" (in English-language reports) or either "government support" or "subsidies" (in Chinese-language reports), notably in the annual reports that state energy firms provide to major stock markets (Shanghai; Hong-Kong, China; and New York) as part of their disclosure requirements for listed subsidiaries. Sometimes these numbers specify the source and use of funds, but they are rarely as specific as would be preferred in order to fully allocate the amounts of stated subsidies to the measures listed below or other relevant programmes. Estimates for budgetary support and tax expenditures are allocated to the various support categories and programmes to the best extent possible given available information. In view of the limited availability of the data, assumptions are sometimes necessary to assess the allocation and, in some cases, the amount of support. Those assumptions are clearly stated where applicable. Methodological note A large part of support to fossil fuels in non-OECD countries (and in a few member countries such as Mexico) takes the form of price controls or regulations benefitting final consumers. In many cases, this occurs through the government mandating state-owned oil and gas companies to charge lower retail prices, thereby lowering the revenues these companies collect through sales of fuel. This often results in the government subsequently intervening to compensate state-owned oil and gas companies for the losses they incurred in the downstream sector due to the regulated prices, with this compensation taking many forms. Some governments choose, for example, to compensate national oil and gas companies through targeted tax concessions (e.g., VAT exemptions) or equity injections. This inventory focusses on the direct budgetary transfers and tax expenditures that encourage the production or consumption of fossil fuels, including those benefitting national oil and gas companies. For this reason, some of the measures classified here under "Producer Support Estimate" may have been introduced by governments with a view to compensating domestic, vertically integrated oil and gas companies for the lower prices they are required to charge at the retail level, resulting in these measures being connected to some extent to consumer support. Estimates of the support directly conferred to final consumers by regulated prices are available from the International Energy Agency (IEA), which estimates these induced transfers as part of its annual World Energy Outlook publication. Readers are therefore advised not to add together the OECD and IEA estimates given the significant risk of overlap and double-counting this involves.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      COLOMBIA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes Colombia’s fiscal year matches the calendar year.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      CZECH REPUBLIC: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in the Czech Republic coincides with the calendar year. Consumer support estimates were provided directly by the Ministry of Environment, the Ministry of Finance, and the Ministry of Industry and Trade. Measures pertaining to the restructuring of the country’s coal-mining industry and associated environmental liabilities are taken from a study included in the Mineral Commodity Summaries of the Czech Republic (Czech Geological Survey - Geofond, 2010) that was published by the Ministry of Industry and Trade: "Eliminating negative consequences of mining in the Czech Republic" - main methods and financial resources" (Kaštovský and Platzek, 2010). Notes relating to the General Services Support Estimate Since 1991, the Czech Republic has not supported the production or consumption of coal. The state retains, however, an obligation to deal with the social, health, and environmental liabilities associated with past mining activity. The government transferred these obligations to two state-owned enterprises, DIAMO, s.p. and Palivový kombinát Ústí, s.p., which acquired the assets of the closed mining companies. These state-owned enterprises receive government subsidies for the activities they carry out. Since measures financed through these subsidy payments do not act to increase current production or consumption of coal, they are all allocated to the GSSE. Restructuring the coal-mining industry and remediating the negative environmental consequences of mining are conducted in several different ways and using several different financial resources (Kaštovský and Platzek, 2010). Besides the measures reported in this inventory, mining companies have since 1994 been required to set up two reserve funds: a financial reserve for remediation and reclamation of all plots of land affected by mining, and a financial reserve for alleviating material damage caused by mining (e.g. land subsidence).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      GERMANY: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation The fiscal year in Germany coincides with the calendar year. Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 1999 are expressed as "euro-fixed series", in which the fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR 1 EUR = DEM 1.956) was applied to data initially expressed in the Deutsche Mark (DEM). In a few cases [1], the conversion into EUR was already made in official government documents. Germany being a federal country, the data also cover the states (Länder) that are still producing hard coal (North Rhine Westphalia, NW) and those that were producing hard coal until recently (Saarland, SR). Also included are payments for the rehabilitation of lignite-mining sites in eastern Germany (see DEU_dt_13) made by the Federal Government and the states of Saxony (SN), Brandenburg (BR), Saxony Anhalt (ST), and Thüringen (TH). Producer Support Estimate Hard-coal mining in Germany has traditionally attracted support for geological, historical, and political reasons. Since production of hard coal remains largely uneconomic, most mines are due to close by 2018 when government support to the industry is planned to be removed. Over the years, production of hard coal has been scaled back through numerous government initiatives. In the 1990s, the industry underwent various capacity-adjustment plans. Funding for these programmes was usually provided jointly by the coal-mining Land and the Federal Government, with the former accounting for about two-thirds of total payments. Hard-coal production has generally been supported through a combination of debt-relief schemes, mining-royalty concessions, reduced pension contributions for miners and provisions guaranteeing demand for the hard coal produced (see Combined Aids in North Rhine-Westphalia). In accordance with the EU’s state-aid rules, the Federal Government does not provide any more assistance to coal-mining under article 5-3 (current production aid). In preparation for the closure of mines, most of the support is now provided in the form of early-retirement funding for coal miners. Footnotes [1] This applies to the support measures for which the source is Landtag des Saarlandes (2005).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      DENMARK: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes Denmark’s fiscal year coincides with the calendar year. Producer Support Estimate Income derived from oil and natural-gas production is subject to various taxes and fees: the regular corporate income tax; the hydrocarbon tax (a specific tax on income derived from oil and gas production); royalties and compensatory payments; and profit sharing. Payments under the corporate tax are deductible from the hydrocarbon tax base. In addition, the oil pipeline tariff and compensatory fee can be offset against the hydrocarbon tax, but not against the corporate tax base. As of 2014, the corporate income tax amounts to 24.5%. However, in 2013 the Danish parliament passed two bills that will reduce the corporate income tax rate to 22% by 2016. Until January2014, the hydrocarbon tax regime differentiated between "old" licences granted before January2004 and "new" licences granted since 1 January 2004. For old licences, hydrocarbon income was subject to a 70% tax rate, but licensees were allowed to offset 25% of their capital expenditure (CAPEX) against their hydrocarbon tax bill over a period of ten years. For new licences, the hydrocarbon income tax was set at 52% and the allowance was granted for 5% of CAPEX over six years. From January2014 on, this differentiation is now abolished and old licences are treated under the same tax terms as new ones.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      SPAIN: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Spain coincides with the calendar year. Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 1999 appear as "euro-fixed series" where fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR 1EUR = ESP 166.386) were applied to data initially expressed in Spanish Peseta (ESP).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      ESTONIA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Estonia coincides with the calendar year. Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 2011 are expressed as ‘euro-fixed series’, meaning that the fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR 1 = EEK 15.647) was applied to data initially expressed in the Estonian kroon (EEK).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      FINLAND: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Finland coincides with the calendar year. The Ministry of Finance reviewed the collected estimates and provided calculations of missing estimates where necessary.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      FRANCE: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in France coincides with the calendar year. Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 1999 are expressed as ‘euro-fixed series’, meaning that this inventory applies the fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR1= FRF 6.559) to data initially expressed in the French Franc (FRF). Producer Support Estimate France used to support the production of hard coal through Charbonnages de France (CdF), a state-owned mining enterprise. Support was at the time deemed necessary owing to the low competitiveness of the French coal industry. By 1990, production had already ceased in the North of the country. An agreement between trade unions and CdF, the Pacte Charbonnier, was therefore concluded in October1994 to organise the progressive dismantling of the remaining production sites. The agreement provided for the end of all production by 2005. This was to be achieved through a series of measures meant to address the social costs associated with mine closures. One such measure, the congé charbonnier de fin de carrière, allowed coal miners to stop working at the age of 45 while remaining entitled to payments worth 80% of their previous wages. The last remaining mine was closed in 2004, ahead of schedule. CdF was liquidated in 2007 and its debt transferred to the French state, along with the responsibility for all inherited social and environmental liabilities. France does not produce coal any more.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      UNITED KINGDOM: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in the United Kingdom runs from 1April to 31March. Following OECD convention, data are allocated to the starting calendar year so that data covering the period April 2016 to March 2017 are allocated to 2016. Producer Support Estimate Taxation of the oil and gas sector in the United Kingdom occurs through a variety of taxes. Notably, fields approved for development prior to 16March1993 were subject to the old Petroleum Revenue Tax (PRT) - a project-based tax levied on the profits from a given field - instituted in 1975. In the last several years the PRT rate was amended twice, being reduced from 50% to 35% in January 2015 and then being cut to nil in January 2016. . The PRT allowed for the full deduction of both operating and capital expenditures. It did not, however, allow the deduction of interest costs and other financing charges from taxable profits. Meanwhile, oil and gas corporations that have invested in approved fields after 16 March 1993 are also subject to a modified version of the regular corporation tax, namely the Ring-Fence Corporation Tax (RFCT). The imposition of a "ring fence" around upstream oil and gas activities means that these particular activities are to be treated separately for tax purposes from any other trade in which oil and gas companies may be engaged. This therefore allows upstream oil and gas activities to be taxed differently at the company-level. Differences in taxation include, for instance, the impossibility for companies to use losses in other activities as deductions against the income arising from oil and natural gas extraction. While all fields are subject to the RFCT, those that were approved for development prior to 16March1993 could deduct the amount of PRT taxes paid from their RFCT tax base. This ensured that the fields that were still subject to the old PRT regime were not taxed twice on the same profits. In addition, all types of fields are liable to the so-called Supplementary Charge (SC), which was introduced in the Finance Act of 2002. The SC is currently a 10% tax on profits from oil and natural gas production that is levied on top of the RFCT. The immediate write-off of both capital and exploration-and-development expenditures is normally considered under the systems in many countries to amount to a preferential tax treatment. The reason is that in calculating taxable profits in most income-tax systems, capital expenses are allocated over the period to which they contribute to earnings. Allowing the immediate writing-off of these types of expenditure therefore provides companies with something akin to a zero-interest loan from the government since it delays the collection of taxes. A present-value calculation would indeed show a positive transfer from the government to the companies benefiting from such provisions. However, when combined with impossibility for companies to deduct interest costs and other financing charges, the immediate write-off of both capital and exploration-and-development expenditures may not be considered a preferential tax treatment. Instead, this particular combination of tax provisions may approximate what is known as a "cash-flow" tax system. Cash-flow tax systems can be theoretically equivalent to the more common imputed-income tax systems where the objective is to levy a neutral business tax (Boadway and Bruce, 1984). For that reason, provisions such as the expensing of exploration and development costs may not be preferential tax provisions in the particular case of the United Kingdom.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      GREECE: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Greece coincides with the calendar year. Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 1999 are expressed as "euro-fixed series", so that this inventory applies the fixed EMU conversion rate (1EUR = GRD 340.750) to data initially expressed in Greek drachma (GRD).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      HUNGARY: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Hungary coincides with the calendar year.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The fiscal year in Iceland coincides with the calendar year.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      INDONESIA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes Until 2010, the Indonesian fiscal year ran from 1April till 31March of the following year. Following OECD conventions, for the years prior to 2011, data are allocated to the starting calendar year so that data covering the period April2005 to March2006 are allocated to 2005. After 2010, the Indonesian fiscal year coincides with the calendar year. Most of the data were obtained from publications by the Global Subsidies Initiative, the Indonesian Ministry of Finance, the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources (MEMR), and SKK Migas (the energy regulator). Methodological note A large part of support to fossil fuels in non-OECD countries (and in a few member countries such as Mexico) takes the form of price controls or regulations benefitting final consumers. In many cases, this occurs through the government mandating state-owned oil and gas companies to charge lower retail prices, thereby lowering the revenues these companies collect through sales of fuel. This often results in the government subsequently intervening to compensate state-owned oil and gas companies for the losses they incurred in the downstream sector due to the regulated prices, with this compensation taking many forms. Some governments choose, for example, to compensate national oil and gas companies through targeted tax concessions (e.g., VAT exemptions) or equity injections. This inventory focusses on the direct budgetary transfers and tax expenditures that encourage the production or consumption of fossil fuels, including those benefitting national oil and gas companies. For this reason, some of the measures classified here under "Producer Support Estimate" may have been introduced by governments with a view to compensating domestic, vertically integrated oil and gas companies for the lower prices they are required to charge at the retail level, resulting in these measures being connected to some extent to consumer support. Estimates of the support directly conferred to final consumers by regulated prices are available from the International Energy Agency (IEA), which estimates these induced transfers as part of its annual "World Energy Outlook" publication. Readers are therefore advised not to add together the OECD and IEA estimates given the significant risk of overlap and double-counting this involves. Producer Support Estimate Since 1966, International Oil Companies (IOCs) seeking to explore and develop oil or natural-gas resources in Indonesia have to enter into Production Sharing Contracts (PSCs) with the MEMR. The terms and conditions of the PSC system have varied with each "generation" of PSCs that has been issued since. The first generation applied from 1965 to 1975, the second generation from 1976 to 1987, and the third from 1988 until now. The main characteristics of the PSC system have, however, remained the same, namely that the government and IOCs share the production of the oil and natural gas rather than the resulting profits, and that the effective income for each side amounts to a share of the "First Tranche Petroleum" and an equity share of the profit oil after cost recovery. Since 2001, Pertamina is required to enter into a Work Agreement (WA) with SKK Migas (previously BP Migas, the energy regulator) for each of its operations, the terms and conditions for which are more or less the same than that for the PSCs. PSCs currently in force in Indonesia usually provide for the state to receive 70% of the produced natural gas, with contractors being allocated the remaining 30%. In the case of coal-bed methane (CBM), however, PSCs signed since 2007 have often featured a lower government share (45%). Historically, the applicable income tax for companies operating in the upstream oil and natural-gas sector has been the prevailing income tax at the time that the PSC got signed, i.e. 25% as of 2013. The income tax applicable to the downstream sector normally also follows the prevailing tax law. However, as other industries in "high priority economic sectors", a number of downstream businesses can benefit from a number of income-tax concessions subject to approval by the Ministry of Finance. These businesses include: oil and natural-gas refineries, LNG and LPG producers, lubricant manufacturers, and the organic chemical industry using oil and natural gas as inputs. The list of income-tax concessions eligible taxpayers can receive includes additional net-income deductions (up to 30% of the amount invested), accelerated depreciation, the extension to ten years of the period for carrying losses forward, and a cap on withholding tax. Footnotes: [1] Instead of a royalty, the Indonesian government charges a so-called "First Tranche Petroleum". This requires that the first 20% of production be shared in favour of the government and before cost recovery according to the equity split set in the contract (Johnston, 1994). In more recent PSCs, the government has taken the entire FTP, although in this case the FTP has usually been lowered to 10% of the first production.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      ISRAEL: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes Israel’s fiscal year coincides with the calendar year. Producer Support Estimate The oil and gas industry in Israel is regulated by a system of fees, royalty payments and tax deductions developed in the 1950s. The fiscal provisions that are unique to the oil and gas industry are the Oil Law (1952), Oil Regulations (1953), Income Tax Ordinance (1961) and some parts of the income tax legislation, especially the Deductions from the Income of Holders of Oil Rights (1956) and the Rules for Calculating Tax for the Holding and Sale of Participation Units in an Oil Exploration Partnership (1988). Israel started producing natural gas in 2004. As this is a relatively recent development, the issues of producer taxation and royalty payments are currently under review by the government (Knesset), the Ministry of Finance and participants representing the civil society. In April 2010, the Minister of Finance appointed a committee to examine the fiscal framework for the oil and gas resources in Israel, headed by Professor Eytan Sheshinski. The Sheshinski Committee submitted its final conclusions in January 2011. It recommended that the 12.5% rate of royalty payments should remain unchanged since increasing it could have a negative impact on the development of relatively less profitable gas fields. The depletion deduction, however, should be cancelled as it leads to a considerable reduction of the amount of taxable income which has no economic justification, the Committee concluded. The Committee also instituted a progressive oil and gas levy on profits. The initial rate of the levy is 20%, but it will not be collected before quotient of net cumulative revenues divided by the exploration and development expenses reaches or bypasses 1.5. When this quotient exceeds 2.3, the levy will gradually increase to 50%. Since production from the Tamar field began in 2013, it is projected that the government will only begin collecting revenue from the designated levy in 2018. In addition, as per income tax calculations, costs that accumulated during the lease stage of the oil-and-gas-asset development will be awarded accelerated depreciation at a rate of 10%. Investments made by the end of 2013 were given a maximum of amount of accelerated depreciation rate of 15%.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      ITALY: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 1999 are expressed as "euro-fixed series", meaning that we applied the fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR 1 = ITL 1936.27) to data initially expressed in the Italian Lira (ITL). The fiscal year in Italy runs from 1July to 30June. Following OECD convention, data are allocated to the starting calendar year so that, for example, data covering the period July 2005 to June 2006 are allocated to 2005.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      JAPAN: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The Japanese fiscal year runs from 1April through 31March of the following year. Following OECD convention, fiscal-year data are assigned to the closest calendar year; hence data covering the period April 2009 through March 2010 are reported as "2009" in the database.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      KOREA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Korea coincides with the calendar year.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Lithuania officially adopted the Euro with effect from 1 January 2015. Figures prior to this date were originally reported in Lithuanian Litas (LTL) and have been converted using the exchange rate EUR 1 = LTL 3.4528. The Ministry of Finance of Lithuania annually publishes official tax-expenditure data on their website.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      LUXEMBOURG: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Luxembourg coincides with the calendar year. Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 1999 are expressed as "euro-fixed series", meaning that we apply the fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR 1 = LUF 40.339) to data initially expressed in the Luxembourg franc (LUF).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      LATVIA GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Latvia coincides with the calendar year, except for excise tax relief mechanism of diesel used in agriculture transport where fiscal year is from July 1 till June 30. The Ministry of Finance of Latvia annually publish official tax-expenditure data on the website of the Ministry of Finance.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      MEXICO: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Mexico coincides with the calendar year. Producer Support Estimate Following the constitutional reform of the energy sector, the Mexican government signed a new fiscal regime for the oil and gas sector into law that will take effect on January 2015. The new regime is two-fold collecting a corporate income tax of 30% plus a set of taxes and fees varying depending on whether extraction and exploration is conducted as: (a) assignments (asignaciones) which are only granted to Pemex or a "state productive company" or (b) contracts signed with Pemex, either in association with private entities or with private entities entirely on their own. Under the assignment regime, state-owned companies pay three different types of federal fees: (i) a shared profit fee, (ii) a hydrocarbons extraction fee and (iii) a hydrocarbon exploration fee. The shared profit fee applies to the value of extracted hydrocarbons during the corresponding fiscal year (including consumption of these by the assignment holder, spillage and flaring) minus deductions. The fee will initially amount to 70% in FY2015 and will be lowered to 65% by FY2019. Next, the hydrocarbons extraction fee is determined in a similar way to the royalty payments charged under the contractual regime with fees varying on a sliding scale depending on the type of hydrocarbon extracted and the prevailing international price. Finally, the hydrocarbon exploration fee, also known as surface rental fee, will be charged on a monthly basis depending on the surface area being explored. The fee is aimed at incentivising companies to fulfil their exploration plans within a specified time frame. With respect to the contractual regime, there will be four different contract types: licence, production sharing, profit sharing and service contracts. Similar to taxes, fees and royalties will apply to different contract types, except in the case of service contracts where contracted companies do not receive any profits from the hydrocarbon extraction project: Licence contracts: contract signing bonus, royalties, exploration phase tax, and a compensation on the value of hydrocarbons Profit sharing and production sharing contracts: royalties, exploration phase tax and a compensation on net operation profit Royalty rates are determined on a sliding scale basis varying according to the type of field, its production level and the prevailing international price of oil and gas (similar to the hydrocarbon extraction fee under the assignment regime). Under this approach, royalties will go up if production or prices move above a certain threshold; the exact amount will only be published in the signed contract. Additionally, companies will also have to pay an exploration phase tax whose value is determined similar to the hydrocarbon exploration fee under the assignment regime. Profit sharing and product sharing contract will pay a compensation based on their net operational profits (the value of hydrocarbons extracted minus royalties and cost deductions) as defined in the signed contract. Licensors, on the other hand, will make payments based on the value of hydrocarbons they produce. In order to encourage oil and gas production, the new regime will provide a royalty discount for shale gas. Under this regime, coast deductions will usually be capped at USD 6.50 for each barrel of oil produced at 12.5% of oil revenues for onshore and shallow water assignments. Furthermore, a cap of 60% will be observed on oil revenues from deep water production and the Chicontepe field, currently operated by Pemex. There will also be a cost deduction cap of 80% for revenues in the production of gas. Compared with the previous fiscal regime, foreign firms were only allowed to operate under service contracts monopolized by Pemex and in addition pay a corporate income tax plus 10 additional taxes. Among the changes, the new system will be much simpler allowing profits to be shared with foreign oil and gas companies. Under this regime, the Mexican government estimates that Pemex can save 36% in tax and royalty payments annually, totalling to about MXP 90 billion. Furthermore, the government has proposed to assume one-third of Pemex’s social security contribution liabilities for its 15 000 employees, worth around USD 127 billion. However, before the government assumes this cost, the following conditions must be negotiated by Pemex with the Union of Petroleum workers: (i) raise the retirement age from 55 to 65 years; (ii) agree that the pension fund will be audited and; (iii) transfer the currently defined benefit plan to a defined contribution type on an individual basis.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      NETHERLANDS: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in the Netherlands coincides with the calendar year. Tax-expenditure estimates for the years 2001-09 were provided by the Ministry of Finance. All other data estimates come from publicly available government sources as indicated below. Producer Support Estimate The taxes and fees that apply to exploration and production of oil and natural gas in the Netherlands are described in the 2003 Mining Act. Income from the production of hydrocarbons is subject to the standard statutory rate of corporate income tax (25%) and a State Profit Share (SPS) levy at a 50% rate, which is itself deductible for income-tax purposes. Royalties are also levied on the onshore extraction of oil and gas at rates that vary between 0% and 7% (or more when the price of imported crude oil exceeds EUR25 per barrel). Oil and gas companies operating upstream in the Netherlands have the ability to deduct an extra 10% of their costs from their taxable income, a provision known as the "cost uplift" or "capital uplift". Exploration expenditures, whether successful or not, can be written-off in full in the year in which they are incurred.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      NORWAY: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Norway coincides with the calendar year. Tax expenditures in Norway have been reported in the national budget (St. meld. nr.1 (Nasjonalbudsjettet)) since 1999. Since FY2010-2011, estimates of the tax expenditures listed below can be found in the following table in the budgetary reports: "Tax expenditures and sanctions[1] by sector" (Skatteutgifter og -sanksjoner for næringslivet). Producer Support Estimate The taxation of upstream activities on the Norwegian Continental Shelf is directed by the Petroleum Tax Act of 1975; where there are no specific rules given in the PTA, the General Tax Act (GTA) applies. For taxation purposes, income is calculated on the basis of a norm price set by the petroleum price board, giving rise to a difference in revenue figures for taxation and accounting purposes, Income derived from oil and gas production is subject to a special resource tax of 53%, in addition to the ordinary corporate income tax of 25% (in total a marginal tax rate of 78%). A range of expenses are allowable against both the special resource tax and the ordinary corporate income tax; most notably exploration costs are deductible, and a company may claim an annual refund of the tax value of direct and indirect exploration expenses (excluding financial expenses) for each tax year loss. Alternatively, these losses can be carried forward. In practice, this means reimbursement by the government of up to the full value of all the direct and indirect exploration expenses. In this respect, the government shares symmetrically in both profits and losses from exploration and production of petroleum products. Where taxable income is subject to a marginal rate of 78%, investments in offshore production facilities, pipelines and installations are depreciated over 6 years at a rate of 16.66% per annum. Additional allowances are permitted at a rate of 22% (5.5% each year over a four year period) when calculating the special tax basis for the 53% tax rate, such that 89.66% of offshore investments are nominally borne by the government.[2] Other capital investments are depreciated on a declining balance basis at rates between 0 and 30% per annum; for example, exploration rigs are depreciated on a declining balance basis at a maximum rate of 14% per annum. In addition to the regular corporate income tax and special resource tax, petroleum producers must also pay taxes on emissions of carbon dioxide and nitrogen oxide. As of 1 Jan 2016, the CO2 tax is charged at a rate of NOK 1.02 per standard cubic meter on gas consumed or flared on offshore production installations and at a rate of NOK 0.84 per m3 for natural gas and NOK 1.26 per litre for LPG imported from offshore production facilities or withdrawal from a warehouse. The tax on NOx emissions was NOK 21.17 per kilogram in 2016; however rather than pay this fee companies can choose to pay a fee into a fund (tax deductible at a rate of 78%) and commit to emissions reductions targets. Footnotes: [1] Tax expenditures (tax sanctions) are defined as exceptions from the general rules in the tax system that are applied to certain groups or certain activities and imply lower (higher) government tax revenue. Norway uses revenue forgone method for calculating tax expenditures. There are different benchmarks for calculating tax expenditures related to excise duties and environmental taxes. Excise duties are treated individually which means that each excise tax expenditure calculation relies on a different benchmark. [2] Expenditure incurred prior to May 2013 are subject to an annual uplift of 7.5% (30% in total over four years)
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      NEW ZEALAND: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in New Zealand runs from 1July to 30June. Following OECD convention, data are allocated to the starting calendar year so that data covering the period July 2005 to June 2006 are allocated to 2005. Producer Support Estimate New Zealand’s fiscal regime applicable to the oil and natural-gas industry combines a corporate income tax and royalty-based taxation. The corporate income tax amounts to 28% of taxable income, where taxable income is defined as any assessable income less deductions and net losses, the latter of which can be carried forward indefinitely. Generally, companies cannot deduct expenditures of a capital nature when incurred. However, deductions for certain exploration and development expenditures of a capital nature are available for oil and natural-gas companies (see Tax Deductions for Petroleum-Mining Expenditures). Depending on the year of the discovery, different royalty regimes apply. For discoveries made on or after 1995, royalties are set out in detail in the 2005 Minerals Programme for Petroleum and comprise of the following: an ad valorem royalty (AVR) component of 5% payable on the basis of either a sales price received or, where there has been no sale or no arm’s length sale, the deemed sales price; and an accounting profits royalty (APR) component of 20% payable on the difference between revenue received from the sale of products and the costs of extracting, processing and selling those products up to the point of sale. In case of an exploration permit, the permit holder is liable to pay only the AVR. For all mining permits with net sales above NZD1 million, the permit holder is required to calculate for each period for which a royalty return must be provided to both the AVR and the APR, and pay whichever is higher. Typically, AVR is paid in the early years of production as prior costs are netted against revenue and at the end of the field’s life, as production falls. APR is typically paid during the peak years of production of non-marginal fields. In order to encourage exploration for new natural-gas reserves, the government reduced royalty rates from June 2004 through 31December 2009 (see Reduction in Royalty Payments for Petroleum). For discoveries after 31 December 2009, the same royalty rates that are in operation before 30 June 2004 are applicable. More generally, royalties are payable for petroleum that is (1) discovered and sold, (2) used in the production process as fuel, (3) exchanged or transferred out of permit boundaries without sale or (3) left unsold at the expiry of the permit (Ernst and Young, 2013). No royalties are payable on petroleum that is flared or returned to natural reservoirs within the permit boundaries (e.g. the re-injection of gas). In 2008, the government introduced an emissions trading scheme (ETS) for greenhouse gases. Legislation for the scheme has been subsequently amended with the latest enacted in 2012. There are no special exceptions for the oil and gas sector under the current ETS regime.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      POLAND: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Poland normally coincides with the calendar year. Corporations, however, may choose a different starting point of the fiscal year. Producer Support Estimate Most of Polish state aid to the energy sector is apportioned to the coal industry. Poland’s heavy reliance on coal stems from both a large domestic endowment of this fuel and the fact that it used to have a limited access to foreign-exchange earnings with which it could have imported other fuels during the communist period. Because coal-mining was considered a strategic sector, the state subsidised the production of coal, providing various social benefits to coal miners and regulating coal prices to keep them low. With the economic transition of the early 1990s, the state envisioned to transform coal mines into self-reliant commercial companies that would adapt to the conditions of a free-market economy. The continued policy of price controls, however, meant that the industry had a very limited potential for economic growth and hence, needed further state assistance. All subsequent plans for restructuring the coal sector throughout the 1990s supported capacity adjustment, shutting down unprofitable mines and reducing employment to levels that would improve productivity. The overarching objective of those programmes was thus to make the coal-mining sector profitable. These programmes proved ineffective due to the lack of consensus between the government and the trade unions. This changed in 1998 as the new government, supported by Solidarno?? (the biggest Polish trade union), devised a coal-mining restructuring plan, the Reforma górnictwa w?gla kamiennego w Polsce w latach 1998 - 2002. The plan provided additional funding for social schemes and expressed a commitment to write-off the debt which the mines have accumulated over the years. Another plan adopted in 2003 - the Program restrukturyzacji górnictwa w?gla kamiennego w Polsce w latach 2003-2006 - pursued similar objectives. When Poland joined the European Union in 2004, state aid became subject to the Community rules. In practice, this development meant that coal-mining restructuring plans would have to be compatible with the common market, and that the European Commission would need to approve any state-aid scheme before it reached recipients. The Council of Ministers has so far adopted two documents regarding the restructuring of the sector: the Restrukturyzacja górnictwa w?gla kamiennego w latach 2004-2006 oraz strategia na lata 2007-2010, which was then replaced by Strategia dzia?alno?ci górnictwa w?gla kamiennego w Polsce w latach 2007-2015. Poland does not provide subsidies to coal-mining under article 5-3 (current production aid). All current subsidies therefore result from article 7 (aid to cover exceptional costs) and are associated either with mine decommissioning or investment aid to operating mines (for up to 30% of the total investments made). The former measures are mainly allocated to the GSSE as most of them do not increase current production or consumption of coal. The latter are allocated to the PSE since they directly support coal producers. The coal-mining sector underwent major restructuring through a series of management mergers and mine closures. At the beginning of the transition, the industry comprised of 71 independent mines. In 1993, the management of hard-coal production was taken over by seven joint-stock holding companies that held the assets of 60 mines. Four mines remained stand-alone enterprises, while the rest was shut down on unprofitability grounds. The Polish coal-mining sector now comprises 31 mines grouped into seven joint-stock holding companies and is dominated by three state-owned firms: Europe’s largest hard-coal company, Kompania W?glowa S.A. (KW), Katowicki Holding W?glowy S.A. (KHW) and Jastrz?bska Spó?ka W?glowa S.A. In 2000, two state-owned liquidation companies, Spó?ka Restrukturyzacji Kopal? S.A. (SRK) and Bytomska Spó?ka Restrukturyzacji Kopal? Sp. z o.o. (BSRK), were given responsibility to manage mine decommissioning. Since 2006, only two companies in Poland have been benefitting from state aid: KW and KHW. Aid is also being envisaged for the SRK (BSRK was consolidated into SRK in 2009).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      PORTUGAL: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes Portugal’s fiscal year coincides with the calendar year. Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 1999 are expressed as "euro-fixed series," meaning that the fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR 1 = PRT 200.482) is applied to data initially expressed in Portuguese Escudos (PRT).
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
      RUSSIAN FEDERATION: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes Although Russia is a federation comprising 83sub-national jurisdictions [1], a cursory review of regional policies suggests that the overall value of sub-national support for fossil fuels is much less significant than that of federal support. This is partly because Russia possesses a highly centralised budgetary and fiscal system, which acts to limit the amounts of support that can be provided by the country’s provinces, republics, districts, and territories. While there exists a few regional spending programmes that provide targeted support to the local oil and natural-gas industry (e.g., support for exploration and research activities or expenditure in relation to environmental liabilities), beneficiaries tend to be small- or medium-sized companies receiving small amounts of support. Regional government ownership of upstream oil and gas enterprises is very limited. More common is the ownership of electric-power utilities by these governments. However, even though this ownership results in considerable decision-making power over the purchase of natural gas as fuel for electricity generation, transactions are generally market-driven while natural-gas prices remain regulated at the federal level (see the country overview). The measures listed in this inventory are therefore predominantly federal in nature despite the fact that Russia is formed of a large number of sub-national jurisdictions. The fiscal year in Russia coincides with the calendar year. Methodological note A large part of support to fossil fuels in non-OECD countries takes the form of price controls or regulations benefitting final consumers. In many cases, this occurs through the government mandating state-owned oil and gas companies to charge lower retail prices, which lowers the revenues these companies collect through their sales of fuel. This sometimes results in the government subsequently intervening to compensate state-owned oil and gas companies for the losses they incurred in the downstream sector due to the regulated prices, with this compensation taking many forms. Some governments choose, for example, to compensate national oil and gas companies through targeted tax concessions (e.g., VAT exemptions) or equity injections. This inventory focusses on the direct budgetary transfers and tax expenditures that encourage the production or consumption of fossil fuels, including those benefitting national oil and gas companies. For this reason, some of the measures classified here under "Producer Support Estimate" may have been introduced by governments with a view to compensating domestic, vertically integrated oil and gas companies for the lower prices they are required to charge at the retail level, resulting in these measures being connected to some extent to consumer support. Estimates of the support directly conferred to final consumers by regulated prices are available from the International Energy Agency (IEA), which estimates these induced transfers as part of its annual World Energy Outlook publication. Readers are therefore advised not to add together the OECD and IEA estimates given the significant risk of overlap and double-counting this involves. Producer Support Estimate Readers are advised that some fiscal measures related to oil and natural-gas production may not constitute tax expenditures under an alternative baseline where resource taxes (or production taxes) vary with market conditions and production costs. This inventory uses the annual amounts of tax expenditures as reported by the Ministry of Finance of the Russian Federation or other government agencies. Footnotes: [1] The Russian federation currently consists of 46 oblasts (provinces), 21 republics, 9 krais (territories), 4 autonomous okrugs (districts), 2 federal cities (Moscow and Saint Petersburg), and one autonomous oblast, for a total of 83 sub-national jurisdictions.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The fiscal year in the Slovak Republic coincides with the calendar year. Data prior to 2009 were converted to "euro-fixed series" by the Ministry of Finance (unless otherwise specified).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      SLOVENIA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Slovenia coincides with the calendar year. The conversion into EUR for the estimates in the period prior to 2007 was made by the Ministry of Finance, which kindly provided all estimates and fuel allocations.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      SWEDEN: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Sweden coincides with the calendar year. Producer Support Estimate No producer support estimates were identified.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      TURKEY: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Turkey coincides with the calendar year.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      UNITED STATES: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in the United States runs from 1October to 30September. Following OECD convention, data are allocated to the ending calendar year so that data covering the period October2005 to September2006 are allocated to 2006. States can, however, have a different fiscal year. Since the United States is a federal country, data collection was also conducted for a sample comprising the following states: Alaska (AK), California (CA), Colorado (CO), Kentucky (KY), Louisiana (LA), North Dakota (ND), Oklahoma (OK), Pennsylvania (PA), Texas (TX), West Virginia (WV), and Wyoming (WY).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      SOUTH AFRICA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in South Africa runs from 1April to 31March of the following year. Following OECD conventions, data are allocated to the starting calendar year so that data covering the period April2005 to March2006 are allocated to 2005. The initial data were obtained from the National Treasury and the National Budgets (not the Provincial Budgets). For several estimates, data are taken from annual reports of companies such as Eskom, from other government organisations such as the South Africa Revenue Service SARS), and from other organisations working in the field. Methodological note A large part of support to fossil fuels in non-OECD countries (and in a few member countries such as Mexico) takes the form of price controls or regulations benefitting final consumers. In many cases, this occurs through the government mandating state-owned oil and gas companies to charge lower retail prices, thereby lowering the revenues these companies collect through sales of fuel. This often results in the government subsequently intervening to compensate state-owned oil and gas companies for the losses they incurred in the downstream sector due to the regulated prices, with this compensation taking many forms. Some governments choose, for example, to compensate national oil and gas companies through targeted tax concessions (e.g., VAT exemptions) or equity injections. This inventory focusses on the direct budgetary transfers and tax expenditures that encourage the production or consumption of fossil fuels, including those benefitting national oil and gas companies. Estimates of the support directly conferred to final consumers by regulated prices are available from the International Energy Agency (IEA), which estimates these induced transfers as part of its annual "World Energy Outlook" publication. Readers are therefore advised not to add together the OECD and IEA estimates given the significant risk of overlap and double-counting this involves. Producer Support Estimate The fiscal regime applicable to oil, natural-gas, and mining companies in South Africa consists mostly of a corporate income tax, indirect taxes, and royalties. Additionally, oil, natural-gas, and coal-mining companies pay the indirect taxes paid by other sectors, including the regular VAT and the customs duties and import tariffs that are levied on purchased inputs. Resident and non-resident companies are liable for corporation tax at a rate of 28 %. In addition, the government levies various withholding taxes including: on royalties paid to non-residents (at a rate of 15%), on interest payable to non-residents (at a rate of 15%), on dividends (at a rate of 15%), and on the disposal of immovable property (at a rate of 7.5% for a company). Finally, capital gains tax is payable at a rate of 18.65%, with an expected increase to 22.4% for the 2017 fiscal year. The tenth schedule to the Income Tax Act of 1962 sets out specific provisions relating to the taxation of upstream oil and gas exploration and production. These measures include deductions for all expenditures and losses related to exploration and post exploration losses, as well as 100% of capital spend on exploration activities and 50% on post-exploration activities. Furthermore, dividends paid out of income relating to oil and gas activities are not liable to the 15% withholding tax described above. Prior to 2010, South Africa’s oil, natural-gas, and mining companies did not have to pay royalties. The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act (MPRRA) of 2008 imposed royalties related to extractive activities, with the rate calculated as a function of gross sales and profit (specifically, earnings before interest and tax), and varying between 0.5% and 5% (for refined resources) and between 0.5% and 7% for non-refined resources). Exemptions apply for certain small producers, but these are also applicable to operators extracting non-energy minerals. Given the size of South Africa’s total mining sector, royalty concessions such as these lack the specificity required to be characterised as support measures for the purpose of the present inventory.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      INDIA: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes India is a federation comprising 35sub-national jurisdictions that possess a certain degree of freedom in setting prices for energy generation, transmission, and distribution. For this reason, there may be variations between central and regional authorities in the adoption and implementation of energy-related policies. The fiscal year in India runs from 1April to 31March of the following year. Following OECD convention, data are allocated to the starting calendar year, so that data covering the period April2005 to March2006 are allocated to 2005. Methodological note A large part of support to fossil fuels in non-OECD countries (and in a few member countries such as Mexico) takes the form of price controls or regulations benefitting final consumers. In many cases, this occurs through the government mandating state-owned oil and gas companies to charge lower retail prices, thereby lowering the revenues these companies collect through sales of fuel. This often results in the government subsequently intervening to compensate state-owned oil and gas companies for the losses they incurred in the downstream sector due to the regulated prices, with this compensation taking many forms. Some governments choose, for example, to compensate national oil and gas companies through targeted tax concessions (e.g., VAT exemptions) or equity injections. This inventory focusses on the direct budgetary transfers and tax expenditures that encourage the production or consumption of fossil fuels, including those benefitting national oil and gas companies. For this reason, some of the measures classified here under "Producer Support Estimate" may have been introduced by governments with a view to compensating domestic, vertically integrated oil and gas companies for the lower prices they are required to charge at the retail level, resulting in these measures being connected to some extent to consumer support. Estimates of the support directly conferred to final consumers by regulated prices are available from the International Energy Agency (IEA), which estimates these induced transfers as part of its annual "World Energy Outlook" publication. Readers are therefore advised not to add together the OECD and IEA estimates given the significant risk of overlap and double-counting this involves. Producer Support Estimate Upstream operators of oil and natural-gas exploration blocks in India are subject to a hybrid tax regime under production sharing contracts (PSCs), which comprises fixed and ad valorem royalty payments, production sharing, and the recovery of contract costs (exploration, development, and production costs). In December2012, the Central Government announced plans to reform the current PSC fiscal regime. Readers are advised that some fiscal measures related to oil and natural-gas production may not constitute tax expenditures under an alternative baseline where resource taxes (or production taxes) vary with market conditions and production costs. This inventory uses the annual amounts of tax expenditures as reported in India’s Union Budget. Footnotes [1] The Republic of India currently consists of 28 states and seven Union Territories.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      IRELAND: GENERAL METADATA Data documentation General notes The fiscal year in Ireland coincides with the calendar year. Following OECD convention, amounts prior to 1999 are expressed as "euro-fixed series", meaning that we applied the fixed EMU conversion rate (EUR 1 = IEP 0.788) to data initially expressed in the Irish Pound (IEP).
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Key statistical concept Although there are clear definitions for all the terms used in this survey, countries might have different methodologies to calculate tonne-kilometer and passenger-kilometers. Methods could be based on traffic or mobility surveys, use very different sampling methods and estimating techniques which could affect the comparability of their statistics. Also, if the definition on road fatalities is very clear and well applied by most countries, this is not the case for road injuries. Indeed, not only countries might have different definitions but the important underreporting of road injuries in most countries can distort analysis based on these data.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Freshwater abstractions:   This dataset shows water abstractions by source (surface and ground water) and by major uses. Water abstractions refer to water taken from ground or surface water sources and conveyed to the place of use. If the water is returned to a surface water source, abstraction of the same water by the downstream user is counted again in compiling total abstractions.   When interpreting those data, it should be borne in mind that the definitions and estimation methods employed by member countries may vary considerably.   Data source(s): Joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on Inland Waters. Data for non-OECD countries is sourced from UNSD (https://unstats.un.org/unsd/envstats/country_files)  
    • June 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raju Sangappa Rampur
      Accessed On: 29 June, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Date is taken as per country metadata, and which is not having any metadata date is considered as 2023
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains data on full-time and part-time employment based on a common definition of 30-usual weekly hours of work in the main job. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains incidences and gender composition of part-time employment with standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Part-time employment is based on national definitions.  The definition of part-time work varies considerably across OECD countries Essentially three main approaches can be distinguished: i) a classification based on the worker’s perception of his/her employment situation; ii) a cut-off (generally 30 or 35 hours per week) based on usual working hours, with persons usually working fewer hours being considered part-timers; iii) a comparable cut-off based on actual hours worked during the reference week. A criterion based on actual hours will generally yield a part-time rate higher than one based on usual hours, particularly if there are temporary reductions in working time as a result of holidays, illness, short-timing, etc. On the other hand, it is not entirely clear whether a classification based on the worker’s perception will necessarily yield estimates of part-time work that are higher or lower than one based on a fixed cut-off. In one country (France) which changed from 1981 to 1982 from a definition based on an actual hours cut-off (30 hours) to one based on the respondent’s perception, the latter criterion appeared to produce slightly higher estimates.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at:http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf. Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at: http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf.  Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Future of Business Survey is an original source of information on small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). Launched in February 2016, the survey is a partnership between Facebook, OECD, and the World Bank. It provides timely information on business owners’ assessment of the current state and future outlook of their business, job creation perspectives, main business challenges and participation in international trade. Several data breakdowns are available, in particular by size of the enterprise, age, sector, trading status and gender of owners or managers.
  • G
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices - all items, for G20 countries and for the G20 as a whole.  The G20 area consists of the following economies: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, the Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Türkiye, the United Kingdom, the United States, the African Union and the European Union. 
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The GID-DB is a database providing researchers and policymakers with key data on gender-based discrimination in social institutions. This data helps analyse women’s empowerment and understand gender gaps in other key areas of development.Covering 180 countries and territories, the GID-DB contains comprehensive information on legal, cultural and traditional practices that discriminate against women and girls.
    • February 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 01 April, 2021
      Select Dataset
      General government debt-to-GDP ratio is the amount of a country's total gross government debt as a percentage of its GDP. It is an indicator of an economy's health and a key factor for the sustainability of government finance. "Debt" is commonly defined as a specific subset of liabilities identified according to the types of financial instruments included or excluded. Debt is thus obtained as the sum of the following liability categories (as applicable): currency and deposits; securities other than shares, except financial derivatives; loans; insurance technical reserves; and other accounts payable. Changes in government debt over time reflect the impact of government deficits. This indicator is measured as a percentage of GDP. All OECD countries compile their data according to the 2008 System of National Accounts (SNA).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This part contains general information on number of insurance companies and employees within the sector.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents data on waste by economic sector, using the major divisions of the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC), revision 4. Data source(s): OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on waste. Source for non-OECD countries: UNSD, Country Files from the UNSD/UNEP data collection on environment statistics (available at: https://unstats.un.org/unsd/envstats/country_files).
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains deflators for resource flows for individual DAC Members from 1966 as well as the TOTAL DAC deflator, and the deflator for the EURO (EC). The deflators include the effect of exchange rate changes and are therefore only applicable to US dollar figures. The OECD uses the latest deflator to convert current prices to constant prices. The latest available base year used is the base year equal to 100. The OECD applies the total DAC deflator to individual recipient countries and multilateral donors to calculate their receipts or flows in constant prices.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table provides information on the main relevant indicators. The data have mainly been supplied by the World Bank, and cover, where available: -Current Gross National Income (GNI) in US $ millions; -GNI per capita (US $); -Population; -Energy use as kilogram of oil per capita; -Average Life Expectancy of Adults; and -Adult Literacy Rate as a percentage of the country population. Data for Sudan include South Sudan, with the exception of total population, which is reported separately.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Bilateral ODA commitments by purpose. Data cover the years 2005 to 2009. Amounts are expressed in USD million. The sectoral distribution of bilateral ODA commitments refers to the economic sector of destination (i.e. the specific area of the recipient's economic or social structure whose development is, or is intended to be fostered by the aid), rather than to the type of goods or services provided. These are aggregates of individual projects notified under the Creditor Reporting System, supplemented by reporting on the sectoral distribution of technical co-operation, and on actual disbursements of food and emergency aid.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Geolocation of urban agglomerations in West Africa.
    • February 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 March, 2022
      Select Dataset
      This data set contains information of The insurance industry is a major component of the economy by virtue of the amount of premiums it collects, the scale of its investment and, more fundamentally, the essential social and economic role it plays by covering personal and business risks. This annual report monitors global insurance market trends to support a better understanding of the insurance industry's overall performance and health.The OECD has collected and analysed data on insurance such as the number of insurance companies and employees, insurance premiums and investments by insurance companies dating back to the early 1980s. Over time, the framework of this exercise has expanded and now includes key balance sheet and income statement items for the direct insurance and reinsurance sector.
    • February 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 February, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This data set combines the different regional publications of Revenue Statistics:Revenue Statistics 2019OECD/ATAF/AUC (2019), Revenue Statistics in Africa 2019OECD et al (2020), Revenue Statistics in Latin America and the Caribbean 2020 (LAC)Revenue Statistics in Asian and Pacific Economies 2019 Revenue Statistics The annual statistical publications present a unique set of detailed and internationally comparable tax revenue data in a common format. Its approach is based on the well-established methodology of the OECD Revenue Statistics (OECD, 2019), which has become an essential reference. It provides a conceptual framework defining which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and classifies different types of taxes. Comparable tables show revenue data by type of tax in national currency, as a percentage of GDP, and, for the different types of taxes, as a share of total taxation. Comparisons are also made with the averages of the 36 OECD economies, of the 24 LAC countries (two of which are OECD members countries° and of 26 African countries.   The data set does not replace the other publications, and users are advised to consult the regional data sets for country specific information.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Going for Growth helps to promote sustainable economic growth and improve the well-being of OECD citizens. The surveillance is based on a systematic and in-depth analysis of structural policies and their outcomes across OECD members, relying on a set of internationally comparable and regularly updated policy indicators with a well-established link to performance. From one issue to the next, Going for Growth follows up on these recommendations and priorities evolve, not least as a result of governments taking action, http://www.oecd.org/eco/going-for-growth/. This dataset contains time series of a comprehensive set of quantitative indicators that allow for a comparison of policy settings across OECD countries and selected non-member economies: Argentina, Brazil, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, India, Indonesia, Lithuania, the Russian Federation and South Africa. The dataset covers several areas: Product market regulation (economy-wide and sector-specific regulation), Education, Public investment and subsidies, Taxation, Labour market, Transfers. Data are consistent with those published in the Structural Policy Indicators chapter of Going for Growth 2018. The cut-off date is December 2017.
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table presents data on Government appropriations or outlays for RD (GBAORD) by socio-economic objective (SEO), using the NABS 2007 classification i.e.: Exploration and exploitation of the Earth, Environment, Exploration and exploitation of space, Transport, telecommunication and other infrastructures, Energy, Industrial production and technology, Health, Agriculture, Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, Political and social systems, structures and processes, General advancement of knowledge: RD financed from General University Funds (GUF), General advancement of knowledge: RD financed from sources other than GUF, Defence. Please note that in this new NABS 2007 classification, the three socio-economic objectives -- Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, and Political and social systems, structures and processes -- were previously grouped under a single objective: Social structures and relationships. At the time of this publication there is no breakdown of historical data into the three new SEOs. Another issue relating to the transition from NABS 1993 to NABS 2007 is that what was formerly Other civil research is now to be distributed among the other chapters. This distribution has not yet been done in this database. Therefore, until the countries are in a position to provide breakdown according to the NABS 2007 classification, in some cases GBAORD by SEO is greater than the sum of its chapters.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Number of people who graduated from an education programme by age and sex.
    • February 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 March, 2016
      Select Dataset
      Graduates are those who successfully complete an educational programme during the reference year of the data collection. One condition of a successful completion is that students should have enrolled in, and successfully completed, the final year of the corresponding educational programme, although not necessarily in the year of reference. Students who do not complete the final year of an educational programme, but later successfully complete a recognised "equivalency" examination based on knowledge learned outside of the education system, should not be counted as graduates. Successful completion is defined according to the graduation requirements established by each country: in some countries, completion occurs as a result of passing a final, curriculum-based examination or series of examinations. In other countries, completion occurs after a specific number of teaching hours has been accumulated (although completion of some or all of the course hours may also involve examinations).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Dinesh Kumar Gouducheruvu
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Number of people who graduated from an education programme by field and sex.
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Graduates are those who successfully complete an educational programme during the reference year of the data collection. One condition of a successful completion is that students should have enrolled in, and successfully completed, the final year of the corresponding educational programme, although not necessarily in the year of reference. Students who do not complete the final year of an educational programme, but later successfully complete a recognised "equivalency" examination based on knowledge learned outside of the education system, should not be counted as graduates. Successful completion is defined according to the graduation requirements established by each country: in some countries, completion occurs as a result of passing a final, curriculum-based examination or series of examinations. In other countries, completion occurs after a specific number of teaching hours has been accumulated (although completion of some or all of the course hours may also involve examinations).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Graduation/entry rates represent an estimated percentage of an age group expected to graduate/enter a certain level of education at least once in their lifetime.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Green Growth database contains selected indicators for monitoring progress towards green growth to support policy making and inform the public at large. The database synthesises data and indicators across a wide range of domains including a range of OECD databases as well as external data sources. The database covers OECD member and accession countries, key partners (including Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) and other selected non-OECD countries.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents trends in man-made emissions of major greenhouse gases and emissions by gas.   Data refer to total emissions of CO2 (emissions from energy use and industrial processes, e.g. cement production), CH4 (methane emissions from solid waste, livestock, mining of hard coal and lignite, rice paddies, agriculture and leaks from natural gas pipelines), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) and nitrogen trifluoride (NF3). Data exclude indirect CO2.   Intensities (per unit of GDP and per capita) as well as index are calculated on gross direct emissions excluding emissions or removals from land-use, land-use change and forestry (LULUCF).   The GDP used to calculate intensities is expressed in USD at 2010 prices and PPPs.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Gross claims payments in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics on gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by field of science (natural sciences, engineering, medical sciences, agricultural sciences, social sciences, and humanities). Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2010 prices and PPPs).
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2010 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics. Data include gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by type of costs (current expenditures: labour costs, other current costs; and capital expenditures: land and buildings, and instruments and equipment).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Gross fixed capital formation in the health care system is measured by the total value of the fixed assets that health providers have acquired during the accounting period (less the value of the disposals of assets) and that are used repeatedly or continuously for more than one year in the production of health services. While human resources are essential to the health and long-term care sector, physical resources are also a key factor in the production of health services. How much a country invests in new health facilities, diagnostic and therapeutic equipment, and information and communications technology (ICT) can have an important impact on the capacity of a health system to meet the healthcare needs of the population. Having sufficient equipment in intensive care units and other health settings helps to avoid potentially catastrophic delays in diagnosing and treating patients. Non-medical equipment is also important, notably the IT infrastructure needed to better monitor population health, both in acute situations and in the long term. Investing in capital equipment is therefore a prerequisite to strengthening overall health system resilience.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. This part contains gross operating expenses in the reporting country, with a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • November 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 November, 2020
      Select Dataset
      The Gross Replacement Rate (GRR) of unemployment benefits measure the amount of unemployment benefit received after 1, 2, …, T months of unemployment in proportion to the employment income earned before losing the job. All values are calculated before taxes and social security contribution payments. Calculations exclude family benefits, social assitance, housing benefits as well as in-work benefits. Because of these exclusions, the Net Replacement Rates in unemployment may provide a more complete measure of income maintenance than the GRR, especially when considering longer periods of unemployment and/or families with children.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Productivity is a key driver of economic growth and changes in living standards. Labour productivity growth implies a higher level of output for unit of labour input (hours worked or persons employed). This can be achieved if more capital is used in production or through improved overall efficiency with which labour and capital are used together, i.e., higher multifactor productivity growth (MFP). Productivity is also a key driver of international competitiveness, e.g. as measured by Unit Labour Costs (ULC).   The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the sources databases. However, some time lag may arise which affects individual series and/or countries for two reasons: first, hours worked data from the OECD Employment Outlook are typically updated less frequently than the OECD Annual National Accounts Database; second, source data for capital services are typically available in annual national accounts later than source data for labour productivity and ULCs.   Note to users: The OECD Productivity Database accounts for the methodological changes in national accounts' statistics, such as the implementation of the System of National Accounts 2008 (2008 SNA) and the implementation of the international industrial classification ISIC Rev.4. These changes had an impact on output, labour and capital measurement. For Chile, China, Colombia, India, Japan, Turkey and the Russian Federation the indicators are in line with the System of National Accounts 1993 (1993 SNA); for all other countries, the indicators presented are based on the 2008 SNA
  • H
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Cancer follow up has been given for the range of 5 years. The highest range has been considered as for this period, for example 1995-2000 is considered as 2000.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      OECD Health Data 2016 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
      OECD Health Data 2017 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.B1:B4
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      OECD Health Data 2017 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      A System of Health Accounts 2011 provides an updated and systematic description of the financial flows related to the consumption of health care goods and services. As demands for information increase and more countries implement and institutionalise health accounts according to the system, the data produced are expected to be more comparable, more detailed and more policy relevant. It builds on the original OECD Manual, published in 2000 to create a single global framework for producing health expenditure accounts that can help track resource flows from sources to uses. It is the result of a collaborative effort between the OECD, WHO and the European Commission, and sets out in more detail the boundaries, the definitions and the concepts – responding to health care systems around the globe – from the simplest to the more complicated. The accounting framework is organised around a tri-axial system for the recording of health care expenditure, namely classifications of the functions of health care (ICHA-HC), health care provision (ICHA-HP), and financing schemes (ICHA-HF).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      OECD Health Data 2016 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • January 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Misha Gusev
      Accessed On: 17 February, 2021
      Select Dataset
      The aggregate public-debt-to-GDP series for advanced economies and emerging market economies is based on a constant sample of 25 and 27 countries, respectively, weighted by GDP in purchasing power parity terms. Source: International Monetary Fund (IMF). 2020. Fiscal Monitor: Policies for the Recovery. Washington, October.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents annual population data from 1950 to 2050 by sex and five year age groups as well as age-dependency ratios. The data is available for 46 countries. Data from 1950 to 2011 (2012) are historical data while data from 2012 (2013) are projections. In order to estimate the population in coming years, fertility rate, life expectancy and level of immigration have to be estimated. Assumptions underlying the estimations of each of these three elements are usually categorise as low, medium or high within one specific country. Where a range of projections are available, the projection data presented here are based on the "medium variant". Assumptions underlying the projection data shown are described country per country in the metadata table as well as the source of data. There are three sources for the data: national statistical institutes, Eurostat or the United Nations. The population data is presented in 18 five year age groups which refer to the population from 0-4 to 85 and more. The following age groups are also available: less than 15, less than 20, 15 to 64, 20-64, 65 and over. Age-dependency ratios are also presented. Assumptions by country. Data are presented for 46 countries. The 34 OECD member countries, the 6 EU countries not belonging to the OECD, and Brazil, Colombia, India, Indonesia, China, Russia and South Africa.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Unit of measure usedIndex: Year 2015 = 100 The Hourly Earnings (MEI) dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 35 OECD member countries and for selected non-member economies.  The MEI Earnings dataset provides monthly and quarterly data on employees' earnings series. It includes earnings series in manufacturing and for the private economic sector. Mostly the sources of the data are business surveys covering different economic sectors, but in some cases administrative data are also used. The target series for hourly earnings correspond to seasonally adjusted average total earnings paid per employed person per hour, including overtime pay and regularly recurring cash supplements. Where hourly earnings series are not available, a series could refer to weekly or monthly earnings. In this case, a series for full-time or full-time equivalent employees is preferred to an all employees series.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator shows the working hours needed to escape poverty for a jobless family claiming Guaranteed Minimum Income benefits.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Gross domestic product (GDP) is the standard measure of the value added created through the production of goods and services in a country during a certain period. Equivalently it measures the income earned from that production, or the total amount spent on final goods and services (less imports). While GDP is the single most important indicator to capture these economic activities, it falls short of providing a suitable measure of people's material well-being. There is however a wealth of information available within the System of National Accounts (SNA) to help determine households’ economic well-being in a more appropriate way.The indicators selected for the OECD Household Dashboard represent a macro perspective on households using data produced within the framework of the SNA, supplemented with indicators such as the unemployment rate and consumer confidence. Taken together this set of indicators highlights material well-being from the household perspective, and thus provides more detailed information than simply looking at economic growth.The Household Dashboard indicators are based on data compiled according to the 2008 SNA "System of National Accounts, 2008". For countries who are still in the process of finalising the 2008 SNA, the indicators are based on data compiled according to the 1993 SNA.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This table provides a detailed breakdown of the financial assets and liabilities of households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISH) by financial instrument. On the asset side of the balance sheet, it shows data on households’ and NPISHs’ holdings of investment fund shares, life insurance and annuity entitlements, and pension entitlements; and on the liability side, it shows data on their short- and long-term borrowing (loans).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      How’s Life? Well-being is the one-stop shop for the 80+ indicators of the OECD Well-being Dashboard, providing information on current well-being outcomes, well-being inequalities and the resources and risks that underpin future well-being. The 11 dimensions of current well-being relate to material conditions that shape people’s economic options (Income and Wealth, Housing, Work and Job Quality) and quality-of-life factors that encompass how well people are (and how well they feel they are), what they know and can do, and how healthy and safe their places of living are (Health, Knowledge and Skills, Environmental Quality, Subjective Well-being, Safety). Quality of life also encompasses how connected and engaged people are, and how and with whom they spend their time (Work-Life Balance, Social Connections, Civic Engagement). The distribution of current well-being is taken into account by looking at three types of inequality: gaps between population groups (horizontal inequalities); gaps between those at the top and those at the bottom of the achievement scale in each dimension (vertical inequalities); and deprivations (i.e. the share of the population falling below a given threshold of achievement). The systemic resources that underpin future well-being over time are expressed in terms of four types of capital: Economic, Natural, Human and Social.
    • July 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 September, 2014
      Select Dataset
      Human Resource Costs
  • I
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents number of importing/exporting enterprises and their trade value (in millions of USD) by size class, and economic activity expressed in ISIC Rev.4.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The ICT Access and Usage by Businesses database provides a selection of 59 indicators, based on the 2nd revision of the OECD Model Survey on ICT Access and Usage by Businesses.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The ICT Access and Usage by Households and Individuals database provides a selection of 92 indicators, based on the of 2nd revision of the OECD Model Survey on ICT Access and Usage by Households and Individuals.The selected indicators originate from two sources:1. An OECD data collection on the following OECD and accession countries or key partners: Australia, Brazil, Canada, Costa Rica, Chile, Colombia, Israel, Japan, Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Switzerland, and the United States. Data collection methodology followed by these countries is available in each respective country metadata file.2. Eurostat Statistics on Households and Individuals for the OECD countries that are part of the European Statistical system. For those countries, indicators shown in this database refer to the original indicator as published by EUROSTAT -see the correspondence table-. Please refer to Eurostat methodology to access the methodological information.For all countries, breakdowns used correspond to those of EUROSTAT, unless otherwise stated in the metadata.
    • January 2008
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 September, 2014
      Select Dataset
      ICT goods are those that are either intended to fulfil the function of information processing and communication by electronic means, including transmission and display, OR which use electronic processing to detect, measure and/or record physical phenomena, or to control a physical process. ICT goods are defined by the OECD in terms of the Harmonised System. The guiding principle for the delineation of ICT goods is that such goods must either be intended to fulfil the function of information processing and communication by electronic means, including transmission and display, OR use electronic processing to detect, measure and/or record physical phenomena, or to control a physical process.Another guiding principle was to use existing classification systems in order to take advantage of existing data sets and therefore ensure the immediate use of the proposed standard. In this case, the underlying system is the Harmonized System (HS). The HS is the only commodity classification system used on a sufficiently wide basis to support international data comparison. A large number of countries use it to classify export and import of goods, and many countries use it (or a classification derived from or linked to it) to categorise domestic outputs.The application of the ICT product definition to selection of in-scope HS categories is a somewhat subjective exercise. The fact that the HS is not built on the basis of the functionality of products makes it much more difficult. The distinction between products which fulfil those functions and products that simply embody electronics but fundamentally fulfil other functions is not always obvious.It is possible to adopt a narrow or broad interpretation of the guideline, though the OECD chose a broader interpretation, an approach which is consistent with that adopted to develop the ICT sector definition.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      NOTE FOR THIS DATA CUBEFor all indicators provided in this cube, value are expressed as percentage of Internet users.For each country (except for Costa Rica -see below-), the value of the indicators provided in this cube are based on data from the ICT Access and Usage by Households and Individuals database, and metadata and sources are strictly identical.Internet users generally relate to a recall period of 3 months or 12 months as indicated below. For exceptions, see the country metadata in the ICT Access and Usage by Households and Individuals database.For Australia, 12 months before 2014, 3 months from 2014 onwards.For Canada, Colombia and Japan, 12 months.For Israel, Costa Rica and the United States, 3 months.For New Zealand, 12 months in 2006.For Chile, Korea, Mexico, New Zeland (2006 excepted), Switzerland and Brazil: 1. For indicators starting with D1, I3 and I9, Internet users relate to a recall period of 3 months; 2. For indicators starting with F1, Internet users relate to a recall period of 3 months untill 2007 and of 12 months from 2008 onwards; 3. For the remaining indicators, Internet users relate to a recall period of 12 months.For Costa Rica, data are OECD estimates based on data provided by the National Institute of Statistics and Censuses and by the Ministry of Science, Technology and Telecommunications (MICITT), and for all the indicators, Internet users relate to a recall period of 3 months.For the remaining countries (all from Eurostat): 1. For indicators starting with D1, Internet users relate to a recall period of 3 months; 2. For indicators starting with F1, Internet users relate to a recall period of 3 months untill 2007 and of 12 months from 2008 onwards; 3. For the remaining indicators, Internet users relate to a recall period of 12 months.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • March 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 08 November, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The sources for this database are mainly census data, from the 2000 round of censuses. Census data were used for 22 countries. Countries not taking periodic censuses but keeping population registers have provided data extracted from these registers; this is the case for four countries: Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden. For some countries, not all themes covered in the database are present in the national census or register. Labour force surveys, provided by Eurostat and averaged over the period 1998-2002, have been used to fill the gaps where possible.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older with a tertiary education.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • March 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 08 November, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The sources for this database are mainly census data, from the 2000 round of censuses. Census data were used for 22 countries. Countries not taking periodic censuses but keeping population registers have provided data extracted from these registers; this is the case for four countries: Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden. For some countries, not all themes covered in the database are present in the national census or register. Labour force surveys, provided by Eurostat and averaged over the period 1998-2002, have been used to fill the gaps where possible.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The sources for this database are mainly census data, from the 2000 round of censuses. Census data were used for 22 countries. Countries not taking periodic censuses but keeping population registers have provided data extracted from these registers; this is the case for four countries: Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden. For some countries, not all themes covered in the database are present in the national census or register. Labour force surveys, provided by Eurostat and averaged over the period 1998-2002, have been used to fill the gaps where possible. The exact national source and reference period for each file is given in Table A.1 (see the methodological document).
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • June 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Misha Gusev
      Accessed On: 06 July, 2022
      Select Dataset
      Effects are shown as difference from baseline. OECD Economic Outlook, June 2022.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This database presents the 2018 edition of OECD time-series indicators of implied R&D tax subsidy rates for OECD member countries and five non-member economies (Brazil, People's Republic of China, Romania, Russian Federation, and South Africa) over the period 2000-2018, drawing on data collected in the OECD-NESTI R&D tax incentive surveys from 2007 to 2018. The 2018 edition of RDTAXSUB contains time-series estimates that are based on headline tax credit and allowance rates, by firm size and profitability scenario. Due to limited historical data availability, the estimates are not adjusted for provisions that bound the tax benefits received by firms (e.g. ceilings, thresholds). They therefore provide an upper bound for the marginal tax subsidy implied by R&D tax relief measures across countries over time. These estimates should not be confused with separate contemporary cross-sectional OECD estimates of marginal tax subsidy rates (OECD, 2018) that compute adjusted (weighted) tax credit/allowance rates for a number of countries based on available information on the proportion of eligible R&D subject to different marginal levels of relief (see 2017).The tax subsidy rate is defined as 1 minus the B-index, a measure of the before-tax income needed by a “representative” firm to break even on USD 1 of R&D outlays (Warda, 2001). As tax component of the user cost of R&D, the B-Index is is directly linked to measures of effective marginal tax rates. Measures of tax subsidy rates such as those based on the B-index provide a convenient proxy for examining the implications of tax relief provisions. These provide a synthetic representation of the generosity of a tax system from the perspective of a generic or model type of firm for the marginal unit of R&D expenditure. To provide a more accurate representation of different scenarios, B-indices are calculated for “representative” firms according to whether they can claim tax benefits against their tax liability in the reporting period (OECD, 2013). When credits or allowances are fully refundable, the B-index of a firm in such a position is identical to the profit scenario. Carry-forwards are modelled as discounted options to claim incentives in the future, assuming a constant annual probability of returning to profit of 50% and a nominal discount rate of 10%. For general and country-specific notes on the time-series estimates of implied marginal tax subsidy rates on R&D expenditures (based on the B-index), see http://www.oecd.org/sti/rd-tax-stats-bindex-notes.pdf.
    • July 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      The allocation of bilateral intermediate imports across using industries assumes that import coefficients are the same for all trade partners, i.e. SHAREipkt is identical across exporter countries. Hence, the bilateral pattern of imported intermediates from industry p is the same across all using industries k. However, it is different from the bilateral pattern of total imports from industry p because trade data (measured by VALUEijpt) allows distinguishing bilateral imports of intermediates from final good imports in industry p. While the BEC classification enables the identification of intermediate goods, no similar classification is available for trade in services, due to the high level of aggregation in services trade data. While goods trade data are based on customs declarations allowing the identification of goods at a highly disaggregated level, services trade data are based on a variety of information such as business accounts, administrative sources, surveys, and estimation techniques (Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services, 2002). Hence, in the case of trade in services, VALUEijpt is the total value of imports of service p, i.e. both final and intermediate (and not only services that are used in the production of other goods and services, as in the case of goods data). By making an additional assumption and adjusting SHAREipkt, it is however possible to calculate trade in intermediate services. In the case of services imports, SHAREipkt is the share of imported service inputs p used by industry k in total imports of p of country i. In the case of services, besides the assumption that all trading partners have the same distribution of intermediate imports p across using industries k, it is furthermore required that the share of intermediate services in overall bilateral services imports of country i is the same across all partner countries j. Finally, it should be mentioned that trade data reported in the trade statistics do not fully match imports as reported in I-O tables. One main reason is that while trade data is recorded at consumer prices, I-O tables are evaluated at producer prices. There are also other differences such as the treatment of re-exports, scrap metal, waste products and second hand goods or unallocated trade data.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Tourism can be regarded as a social, cultural and economic phenomenon related to the movement of people outside their usual place of residence.
    • July 2015
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2015
      Select Dataset
      Note: Update to this data are available only to OECD subscribers. Please visit: https://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=DW_I This table contains data on discouraged jobseekers as a percentage of the labour force and as a percentage of the population by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 15-64, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed as percentages.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains the shares of economic short-time workers among total employment, the ratio of economic short-time workers and labour force, and the gender composition of economic short-time workers. Data re broken down by professional status - employees, total employment – by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed as percentages.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Incidence of employment by usual weekly hours worked: This table contains data on the cross-country distribution of employment by hour bands for declared hour bands, broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - sex and detailed age groups. In order to facilitate analysis and comparisons over time, historical data for OECD members have been provided over as long a period as possible, often even before a country became a member of the Organisation. Information on the membership dates of all OECD countries can be found at OECD Ratification Dates
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains incidences and gender composition of part-time employment with standardised (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total) and detailed age groups. Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment. Part-time employment is based on a common 30-usual-hour cut-off in the main job. Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in percentages.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains incidences and gender composition of part-time employment with standardised (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total) and detailed age groups. Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment. Part-time employment is based on national definitions. The definition of part-time work varies considerably across OECD countries Essentially three main approaches can be distinguished: i) a classification based on the worker's perception of his/her employment situation; ii) a cut-off (generally 30 or 35 hours per week) based on usual working hours, with persons usually working fewer hours being considered part-timers; iii) a comparable cut-off based on actual hours worked during the reference week. A criterion based on actual hours will generally yield a part-time rate higher than one based on usual hours, particularly if there are temporary reductions in working time as a result of holidays, illness, short-timing, etc. On the other hand, it is not entirely clear whether a classification based on the worker's perception will necessarily yield estimates of part-time work that are higher or lower than one based on a fixed cut-off. In one country (France) which changed from 1981 to 1982 from a definition based on an actual hours cut-off (30 hours) to one based on the respondent's perception, the latter criterion appeared to produce slightly higher estimates. Other data characteristics
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This datasetcontains the shares of involuntary part-time work among part-time workers and ratio of involuntary part-time work and labour force and the gender composition of involuntary part-time workers. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total).
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains incidences and gender composition of temporary employment with standardized age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment. Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in percentages.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains data on the share of the five durations - less than 1 month,>1 month and < 3 months,>3 months and <6 months,>6 months and <1 year, 1 year and over - of unemployment among total unemployment by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data expressed in percentages.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      http://www.oecd.org/els/soc/IDD-Metadata.pdf
    • May 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 May, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Bank profitability statistics are based on financial statements of banks in each Member country and are presented in the standard OECD framework. Although the objective is to include all institutions which conduct ordinary banking business, namely institutions which primarily take deposits from the public and provide finance for a wide range of purposes, the institutional coverage of banks in the statistics available in this database is not the same in each country. Ratios based on various items of the income statements and balance sheets of banks in percentage of some aggregates are also provided to facilitate the analysis of trends in bank profitability of OECD countries.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data source(s) used The inland fisheries data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.   Data are collected in tonnes and national currency at current values. For analytical purposes and data comparisons, value data are converted and published also in US dollars. Exchange rates are average yearly spot rates, taken from the dataset OECD Economic Outlook: Statistics and Projections. Data reported in this dataset are expressed in tonnes, in units of national currency and in US dollars. Data are recorded on a landed weight basis, i.e. the mass (or weight) of a product at the time of landing, regardless of the state in which is landed (i.e. whole, gutted, filleted, meal, etc.). For exceptions, please see the individual notes. Statistical population The statistical population is the set of countries participating in the work of the COFI, i.e. OECD members, excluding landlocked countries, with some exceptions (Czech Republic and Slovakia are included, Israel is not). The group includes also the following partner countries: Argentina, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Indonesia, Lithuania, Peru, Philippines, Thailand and Chinese Taipei. In order to facilitate analysis and comparisons over time, historical data for OECD members have been provided over as long a period as possible, often even before a country became a member of the Organisation. Information on the membership dates of all OECD countries can be found at OECD Ratification Dates. Key statistical concept Inland fisheries include catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic invertebrates (and animals), residues and seaweeds in lakes, rivers, ponds, inland canals and other land-locked water bodies. For the purpose of this questionnaire the boundary between inland and marine areas at the river mouth is left to the discretion of the national authority. Production from aquaculture installations should not be reported on this form. However, catches from fisheries that are managed by stocking should be included. The methodological reference document for fisheries and aquaculture statistics is the CWP Handbook of Fishery Statistics.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset shows how much health providers spend on the inputs needed to produce healthcare goods and services (factors of provision). This information is typically tracked at national aggregate levels to meet the need to ensure an efficient, appropriate allocation of resources in the production of health care services. Specific policy needs may require information regarding total payments for human resources, expenditure on pharmaceuticals, and other significant inputs. Furthermore, the financial planning of health programmes and services often relies on information about the volume and mixture of factor spending.
    • November 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 December, 2021
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Institutional Investors' Assets and Liabilities data are reported by Central Banks, National Statistical Institutes or Supervisory Authorities. The indicators reported here are compiled on the basis of those statistics.   The first set of indicators measure total financial assets (liabilities) held by each institutional investor as a percentage of GDP. Total financial assets (liabilities) is defined as the sum of the following asset (liability) categories: currency and deposits (F2), debt securities (F3), loans (F4), equity and investment fund shares (F5), insurance pension and standardized guarantee schemes (F6), financial derivatives and employee stock options (F7), and other accounts receivable (payable) (F8). The second set of indicators shows the share of each asset (liability) category in the total financial assets (liabilities) of each investor. They help to analyse the investment portfolio composition of the investor as well as financial risks borne by the investor. The third set of indicators shows the sub-sector composition of total financial assets (liabilities) by investor category, by showing the share of each sub-sector in the total financial assets (liabilities) of each investor category.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents internationally comparable data on instruction time in full-time compulsory education. It covers primary and (lower and upper) secondary general education, but excludes pre-primary education, even if compulsory. Total number of instruction hours and the distribution of hours per subject is available either by level of education or by age.
    • May 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 May, 2019
      Select Dataset
      These data are part of a larger database, hosted on a different website, which includes both quantitative and qualitative data, as well as graphs.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Breakdown of net premiums written in the reporting country in terms of domestic risks and foreign risks, thus providing an indicator of direct cross-border operations of insurance business.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Covers business written abroad by branches, agencies and subsidiaries established abroad of domestic undertakings and includes all business written outside the country by these entities (in both OECD and non-OECD countries).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This data deals with premiums written by classes of non-life insurance for the business written in the reporting country.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Geographic coverage OECD countries, Selected African and Asian countries, Selected Latin American countries Institutional coverage The insurance industry is a key component of the economy by virtue of the amount of premiums it collects, the scale of its investment and, more fundamentally, the essential social and economic role it plays in covering personal and business risks. The "OECD Insurance Statistics" publication provides major official insurance statistics for all OECD countries. The reader will find information on the diverse activities of this industry and on international insurance market trends. The data, which are standardised as far as possible, are broken down under numerous sub-headings, and a series of indicators makes the characteristics of the national markets more readily comprehensible. This publication is an essential tool for civil servants, businessmen and academics working in the insurance field. Item coverage This part consists of tables by indicators, which reflect the most significant characteristics of the OECD insurance market. In most cases, the tables contain data of all OECD countries as well as aggregated "OECD", "EU15" (the 15 member countries of the European Union in 1995) and "NAFTA" data from 1983 to 2015, for the following categories: - life insurance, - non-life insurance - and total. The premiums amounts are converted from national currencies into US dollar. Exchange rates used are end-of-period exchanges rates for all variables valued at the end of the year, and period-average for variables representig a flow during the year.
    • August 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 January, 2020
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data on grants by type is not available for all OECD countries. A partial dataset is available for one or more years in the following countries: Austria, Belgium, Canada, Estonia, France, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal. No data on grants by type is available for Germany, Israel, New Zealand, Slovak Republic, United Kingdom, United States. The different types of grants are defined as follows: Earmarked grants An earmarked grant is a grant that is given under the condition that it can only be used for a specific purpose. Non-earmarked grants Non-earmarked grants can be spent as if they were the receiving sub-national government's own (non-earmarked) tax revenues. Mandatory grants Mandatory grants (entitlements) are legal, rules-based obligations for the government that issues the grant. This requires that both the size of the grant and the conditions under which it is given be laid down in a statute or executive decree and that these conditions be both necessary and sufficient. Discretionary grants Discretionary grants, and the conditions under which they are given, are not determined by rules but decided on an ad hoc, discretionary basis. Discretionary grants are often temporary in nature and include, for example, grants for specific infrastructural projects or emergency aid to a disaster area. Matching grants Matching grants are grants designed to complement sub-national contributions. Matching grants are dependent on normative or actual spending for services for which the grants are earmarked or on local revenue collection related to these services. Non-matching grants Non-matching grants are grants not directly linked to any sub-national contribution. Current grants Current grants are grants assumed to be spent on either current or capital expenditures. Capital grants Capital grants are grants assumed to be spent only on capital expenditures.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents patent statistics and indicators that are suitable for tracking innovation in environment-related technologies. They allow the assessment of countries and firms' innovation performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies.
    • June 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 September, 2022
      Select Dataset
      Patents are a key measure of innovation output, as patent indicators reflect the inventive performance of countries, regions, technologies, firms, etc. They are also used to track the level of diffusion of knowledge across technology areas, countries, sectors, firms, etc., and the level of internationalisation of innovative activities. Patent indicators can serve to measure the output of R&D, its productivity, structure and the development of a specific technology/industry. Among the few available indicators of technology output, patent indicators are probably the most frequently used. The relationship between patents as an intermediate output resulting from R&D inputs has been investigated extensively. Patents are often interpreted as an output indicator; however, they could also be viewed as an input indicator, as patents are used as a source of information by subsequent inventors. Like any other indicator, patent indicators have many advantages and disadvantages. The advantages of patent indicators are : patents have a close link to invention; patents cover a broad range of technologies on which there are sometimes few other sources of data; the contents of patent documents are a rich source of information (on the applicant, inventor, technology category, claims, etc.); and patent data are readily available from patent offices. However, patents are subject to certain drawbacks: the value distribution of patents is skewed as many patents have no industrial application (and hence are of little value to society) whereas a few are of substantial value; many inventions are not patented because they are not patentable or inventors may protect the inventions using other methods, such as secrecy, lead time, etc.; the propensity to patent differs across countries and industries; differences in patent regulations make it difficult to compare counts across countries; and changes in patent law over the years make it difficult to analyse trends over time.
    • July 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 July, 2021
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains the number of people who graduated from an education programme by country of origin and sex.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Unit of measure used: Thousands   OECD countries seldom have tools specifically designed to measure the inflows and outflows of the foreign population, and national estimates are generally based either on population registers or residence permit data. This note is aimed at describing more systematically what is measured by each of the sources used.   Flows derived from population registers   Population registers can usually produce inflow and outflow data for both nationals and foreigners. To register, foreigners may have to indicate possession of an appropriate residence and/or work permit valid for at least as long as the minimum registration period. Emigrants are usually identified by a stated intention to leave the country, although the period of (intended) absence is not always specified.   When population registers are used, departures tend to be less well recorded than arrivals. Indeed, the emigrant who plans to return to the host country in the future may be reluctant to inform about his departure to avoid losing rights related to the presence on the register. Registration criteria vary considerably across countries (as the minimum duration of stay for individuals to be defined as immigrants ranges from three months to one year), which poses major problems of international comparison. For example, in some countries, register data cover a portion of temporary migrants, in some cases including asylum seekers when they live in private households (as opposed to reception centres or hostels for immigrants) and international students.   Flows derived from residence and/or work permits   Statistics on permits are generally based on the number of permits issued during a given period and depend on the types of permits used. The so-called “settlement countries” (Australia, Canada, New Zealand and the United States) consider as immigrants persons who have been granted the right of permanent residence. Statistics on temporary immigrants are also published in this database for these countries since the legal duration of their residence is often similar to long-term migration (over a year). In the case of France, the permits covered are those valid for at least one year (excluding students). Data for Italy and Portugal include temporary migrants.   Another characteristic of permit data is that flows of nationals are not recorded. Some flows of foreigners may also not be recorded, either because the type of permit they hold is not tabulated in the statistics or because they are not required to have a permit (freedom of movement agreements). In addition, permit data do not necessarily reflect physical flows or actual lengths of stay since: i) permits may be issued overseas but individuals may decide not to use them, or delay their arrival; ii) permits may be issued to persons who have in fact been resident in the country for some time, the permit indicating a change of status, or a renewal of the same permit.   Permit data may be influenced by the processing capacity of government agencies. In some instances a large backlog of applications may build up and therefore the true demand for permits may only emerge once backlogs are cleared.   Flows estimated from specific surveys   Ireland provides estimates based on the results of Quarterly National Household Surveys and other sources such as permit data and asylum applications. These estimates are revised periodically on the basis of census data. Data for the United Kingdom are based on a survey of passengers entering or exiting the country by plane, train or boat (International Passenger Survey). One of the aims of this survey is to estimate the number and characteristics of migrants. The survey is based on a random sample of approximately one out of every 500 passengers. The figures were revised significantly following the latest census in each of these two countries, which seems to indicate that these estimates do not constitute an “ideal” source either. Australia and New Zealand also conduct passenger surveys which enable them to establish the length of stay on the basis of migrants’ stated intentions when they enter or exit the country.
    • June 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Collins Omwaga
      Accessed On: 02 June, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator reports the percentage of students of each country of origin over the total of international students.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents official international trade statistics in fisheries products, directly sourced from the UN Comtrade Database.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The International Transport Forum collects, on a quarterly basis, monthly data from all its Member countries. When monthly information is not available then quarterly data is provided. The survey contains a dozen variables selected for their quarterly availability among reporting countries. Data are collected from Transport Ministries, statistical offices and other institution designated as official data source. The survey used for this exercise is the ITF "Quarterly Transport Statistics". Variables collected are rail, road and inland waterways goods transport (T-km), rail passengers (P-km), road traffic (V-km), first registration of brand new vehicles, petrol deliveries to the road transport sector and road fatalities. Although there are clear definitions for all the terms used in this survey, countries might have different methodologies to gather or estimate quarterly data. The information provided in short-term surveys does not necessarily have the same coverage as annual data exercises and therefore remains provisional. Depending on countries, data is not always revised so totals might not correspond to the sum of the elements. The main purpose of this data collection is to identify in advance changes in transport data trends. In case of missing data for a country, ITF can calculate estimates based generally on growth rates from previous years or from data available from other sources. These estimates are used solely to calculate aggregated trends in graphic representations and are not shown at the individual country level.  
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The intra-EEA Services Trade Restrictiveness Index identifies and catalogues which policy measures restrict trade within the European Economic Area (EEA) for 25 OECD EU member countries. It complements the existing STRI, which quantifies multilateral services trade restrictiveness, allowing to track the progress of regional services integration across 19 major services sectors.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The intra-EEA Services Trade Restrictiveness Index identifies and catalogues which policy measures restrict trade within the European Economic Area (EEA) for 25 OECD EU member countries. It complements the existing STRI, which quantifies multilateral services trade restrictiveness, allowing to track the progress of regional services integration across 19 major services sectors.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains data on involuntary part-time workers by professional status. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Involuntary part-time workers are part-timers (working less than 30-usual hours per week) because they could not find a full-time job. However, the definitions are not harmonised which hampers the comparison across countries. Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains figures on the shares of industrial sectors that are "controlled" by affiliates under foreign control in each country (inward investment as a percentage of national total).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains figures on the activity of affiliates under foreign control and all firms by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 4).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains figures on the activity of affiliates under foreign control by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 3).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains figures on affiliates under foreign control by investing country in the total manufacturing, total services and total business enterprise sectors.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The units used to present data in AFA are millions of national currency for monetary variables and units for the other variables. Monetary variables are in current prices. Euro-area countries: national currency data is expressed in euro beginning with the year of entry into the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). For years prior to the year of entry into EMU, data have been converted from the former national currency using the appropriate irrevocable conversion rate. This presentation facilitates comparisons within a country over time and ensures that the historical evolution is preserved. Please note, however, that pre-EMU euro are a notional unit and should not be used to form area aggregates or to carry out cross-country comparisons.
    • February 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 February, 2020
      Select Dataset
    • July 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      The IPP.Stat is the statistics portal of the Innovation Policy Platform containing the main available indicators relevant to a country’s innovation performance. In addition to the traditional indicators used to monitor innovation, the range of the coverage to be found in the IPP.Stat calls for the inclusion of indicators from other domains that describe the broader national and international context in which innovation occurs. Indicators are sourced primarily from the OECD and the World Bank, as well as from other sources of comparable quality. The statistics portal is still under development.
  • J
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Job quality refers to multiple aspects of employment that contribute to well-being of workers and represents an inherently multi-dimensional construct. Job quality database focuses on three key dimensions. These are earnings quality, labour market security and quality of the working environment.
    • July 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 December, 2021
      Select Dataset
      OECD calculation based on the survey of Adults Skills (PIAAC) (2012).Note : Jobs are at Risk of Automation if the likelihood of their job being automated is at-least 70%. Jobs at Risk of Significant change are those with the likelihood of their job being automated estimated at between 50% to 70%.Data for Belgium correspond to Flanders and data for the United Kingdom to England and North Ireland.
  • K
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Benefit Generosity, Income Adequacy, Work Incentives.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The Key Economic Indicators (KEI) database contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member countries and for a selection of non-member countries on a wide variety of economic indicators, namely: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
  • L
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains data on employment by hour bands for usual weekly hours worked in the main job.  Standard hour bands are reported for most countries.  Actual hours of work instead of usual hours of work are only available in some countries (Japan and Korea).  Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons. For detailed information on labour force surveys for all countries please see the attached file : www.oecd.org/els/employmentpoliciesanddata/LFSNOTE
    • June 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      National values have been computed based on regional estimates. For this reason, it is possible that in some cases these values differ from national statistics.
    • August 2017
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 January, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Rivers Data show water quality of selected rivers. Water quality is measured in terms of annual mean concentrations of dissolved oxygen and BOD; of nitrates, phosphorus and ammonium; and of lead, cadmuim, chromium and copper. The rivers selected are main rivers draining large watersheds in the countries chosen; the measurement locations are at the mouths or downstream frontiers of the rivers. These parameters provide information concerning the state and trends of pollution by organic matter and nutrients, heavy metals and other metals. In reading the data, one should compare trends rather than absolute values, since measurement methods vary by country. Lakes Data show trends in annual mean concentrations of phosphorus and nitrogen in selected lakes. These parameters concern nutrient concentrations and related degrees of eutrophication of lakes and reservoirs. The interpretation of these tables should take into account variations in the methods of sampling (e.g. sampling location and number of measurements at different sampling locations and in different years).
    • March 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • March 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Land resources are one of the four components of the natural environment: water, air, land and living resources. In this context land is both: a physical "milieu" necessary for the development of natural vegetation as well as cultivated vegetation;a resource for human activities.  The data presented here give information concerning land use state and changes (e.g. agricultural land, forest land).  Land area excludes area under inland water bodies (i.e. major rivers and lakes).   Arable refers to all land generally under rotation, whether for temporary crops (double-cropped areas are counted only once) or meadows, or left fallow (less than five years). These data are not meant to indicate the amount of land that is potentially cultivable.  Permanent crops are those that occupy land for a long period and do not have to be planted for several years after each harvest (e.g. cocoa, coffee, rubber). Land under vines and trees and shrubs producing fruits, nuts and flowers, such as roses and jasmine, is so classified, as are nurseries (except those for forest trees, which should be classified under "forests and other wooded land").  Arable and permanent crop land is defined as the sum of arable area and land under permanent crops.  Permanent meadows and pastures refer to land used for five years or more to grow herbaceous forage crops, either cultivated or growing wild (wild prairie or grazing land).  Forest refers to land spanning more than 0.5 hectare (0.005 km2) and a canopy cover of more than 10 percent, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. This includes land from which forests have been cleared but that will be reforested in the foreseeable future. This excludes woodland or forest predominantly under agricultural or urban land use and used only for recreation purposes.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The productivity and income estimates presented in this dataset are mainly based on GDP, population and employment data from the OECD Annual National Accounts. Hours worked are sourced from the OECD Annual National Accounts, the OECD Employment Outlook and national sources. The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the sources databases. However, timely data issues may arise and affect individual series and/or individual countries. In particular, annual hours worked estimates from the OECD Employment Outlook are typically updated less frequently (once a year, in the summer) than series of hours worked from the OECD Annual National Accounts.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains labour force data on labour market status - population, labour force, unemployment and employment - by sex and by detailed age groups and standard age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Note: Population figures reported in table LFS by sex are Census-based, while the data for this table are taken from labour force surveys. Population for total age group refers to working age population (15 to 64 years).
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains data on labour force participation rates, employment/population ratios and unemployment rates for both the total labour force and civilian labour force by sex. There are data for both the total age group and the working age population (ages 15 to 64). This table also contains data on the share of civilian employment by sex.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains the age composition (as a percentage of all ages) of the population for each labour force status - labour force, employment, unemployment - by sex.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Data is available for the 17 countries covered by the SWAC/OECD (Benin, Burkina Faso, Cabo Verde, Chad, Cote d'Ivoire, The Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Liberia, Mali, Mauritania, Niger, Nigeria, Senegal, Sierra Leone and Togo).
    • December 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: manish pandey
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2021
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Long-Term Baseline Scenario is a projection of some major economic variables beyond the short-term horizon of the OECD Economic Outlook. It covers all OECD economies, non-OECD G20 economies and key partners. The projection horizon is currently 2060. For the historical period and the short-run projection horizon, the series are consistent with those of the OECD Economic Outlook number in the dataset title. The definitions, sources and methods are also the same, except where noted explicitly (such as coverage of the non-OECD and world aggregates). For more details on the methodology, please see Boxes 1 to 3 in The Long View: Scenarios for the World Economy to 2060 and the references therein.The baseline scenario is a projection conditional on a number of assumptions, notably that countries do not carry out institutional and policy reforms. It is used as a reference point to illustrate the potential impact of structural reforms in alternative scenarios, such as those discussed in The Long View: Scenarios for the World Economy to 2060. The data for these alternative scenarios are not available here but can be obtained on request by writing to [email protected].
  • M
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Main Economic Indicators (MEI) provides a wide range of indicators on recent economic developments in the 35 OECD member countries and 15 non-member countries. The indicators published in MEI have been prepared by national statistical agencies primarily to meet the requirements of users within their own country. In most instances, the indicators are compiled in accordance with international statistical guidelines and recommendations. However, national practices may depart from these guidelines, and these departures may impact on comparability between countries.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and seven non-member economies (Argentina, People's Republic of China, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Chinese Taipei) in the field of science and technology. These data include final or provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in R&D-intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Indicators on R&D expenditures, budgets and personnel are derived from the OECD's Research and Development Statistics (RDS) database, which is based on the data reported to OECD and Eurostat in the framework of a co-ordinated collection. The sources for the other indicators include the OECD databases on Activities of Multinational Enterprises (AMNE), on Bilateral Trade in Goods by Industry and End-use Category database (BTDIxE), on Patents and on Technological Balance of Payments (TBP). The R&D data used in this publication have been collected and presented in line with the standard OECD methodology for R&D statistics as laid out in the OECD "Frascati Manual". The 2002 edition of the manual has now been superseded by the 2015 edition. The revised guidelines and definitions are in the course of being implemented and are not expected to change the main indicators significantly although some terminology changes will occur. This edition of MSTI has been compiled in accordance with the 2002 Frascati Manual; these changes will be made in a coming edition as R&D surveys move to the new standard.   2018 values are estimated value.
    • June 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 June, 2021
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains the number of Management personnel and teacher aides in educational institutions by sex and intensity.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      IPAW = Income as a percentage of the average wage This data is updated after the finalisation of the Taxing Wages publication for the corresponding year. This table reports marginal personal income tax and social security contribution rates for a single person without dependent, at various multiples (67%, 100%, 133%, 167%) of the AW/APW. The average wage (AW) by country and year can be found within the Taxing Wages comparative tables dataset, under the indicator heading: Total gross earnings before taxes (national currency). The AW is based on a single person at 100% of average earnings, no child. The results, derived from the OECD Taxing Wages framework (elaborated in the annual publication Taxing Wages), use tax rates applicable to the tax year. The results take into account basic/standard income tax allowances and tax credits and include family cash transfers (see Taxing Wages). The marginal rates are expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings, with the exception of the Total tax wedge which is expressed as a percentage of gross labour costs (gross wages + employer SSC). The sub-central personal tax rates used in this table correspond to those used in Taxing Wages. The figures may differ from those published in Taxing Wages where updated information is available, such as revised AW/APW data. Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • August 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 August, 2020
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Maritime Transport Costs (MTC)database contains data from 1991 to the most recent available year of bilateral maritime transport costs. Transport costs are available for 43 importing countries (including EU15 countries as a custom union) from 218 countries of origin at the detailed commodity (6 digit) level of the Harmonized System 1988. This dataset should only be used in conjunction with the paper Clarifying Trade Costs in Maritime Transport which outlines methodology, data coverage and caveats to its use. Key Statistical Concept Import charges represent the aggregate cost of all freight, insurance and other charges (excluding import duties) incurred in bringing the merchandise from alongside the carrier at the port of export and placing it alongside the carrier at the first port of entry in the importing country. Insurance charges are therefore included in the transport cost variables and are estimated to be approximately 1.5% of the import value of the merchandise.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      These data refer to material resources, i.e. materials originating from natural resources that form the material basis of the economy: metals (ferrous, non-ferrous) non-metallic minerals (construction minerals, industrial minerals), biomass (wood, food) and fossil energy carriers. 
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
    • January 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 15 November, 2021
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents members' total use of the multilateral system i.e. both their multilateral aid ("Core contributions to") and bilateral aid channelled through ("Contributions through") multilateral organisations. These data originate from members' reporting at item-level in the CRS and are published here starting with 2011 data (item-level data for multilateral aid is not complete in CRS for earlier years).
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Despite the growing importance of international trade, driven in large part by the rise of globalisation and the accompanying international fragmentation of production, the availability of statistics on price change in international merchandise trade at more graular level is still limited. To fill this data gap, the OECD has developed this new Merchandise Trade Price Index (MTPI) database using UN COMTRADE. The first release covers about 100 countries from 2011 to 2017. Indices by reporting country are available for both exports and imports, broken down by 30 products, aligned with the 2-digit level of the Classification of Products of Activity (CPA, version 2.1). Future releases are planned to expand the country coverage and the level of disaggregation.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains environmental asset accounts for mineral and energy resources, describing the quantities of stocks in physical units (barrels in case of oil, cubic meters in case of gas, and tonnes in case of minerals) of these resources and the changes in stocks (flows) over accounting periods due to additions (discoveries, upward reappraisals, reclassifications) and reductions (extraction, downward reappraisals, reclassifications).
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      For cross-country comparisons, data on minimum wage levels are further supplemented with another measure of minimum wages relative to average wages, that is, the ratio of minimum wages to median earnings of full-time employees. Median rather than mean earnings provide a better basis for international comparisons as it accounts for differences in earnings dispersion across countries. However, while median of basic earnings of full-time workers - i.e. excluding overtime and bonus payments - are, ideally, the preferred measure of average wages for international comparisons of minimum-to-median earnings, they are not available for a large number of countries. Minimum relative to mean earnings of full-time workers are also provided.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains statutory and national minimum wages in 30 OECD Member countries, Brazil, Malta, Romania and the Russian Federation. For detailed country notes: see http://www.oecd.org/employment/emp/Minimum-wages.pdf
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The aim of the OECD's new Skills for Jobs Indicators is to facilitate better adaptation to changing skill needs by making available a database of skill imbalances indicators that is comparable across countries and regularly updated. The Skill Needs Indicators provide an overview of the shortages and surpluses of skills across countries.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Database published : June 2020 
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Database published : June 2020 
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 February, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains monthly Comparative Price Levels (CPL) for OECD countries. CPLs are defined as the ratios of PPPs for private final consumption expenditure to exchange rates. They provide measures of differences in price levels between countries. The monthly PPPs used to derive the table are OECD estimates. The table is to be read vertically. Each column shows the number of specified monetary units needed in each of the countries listed to buy the same representative basket of consumer goods and services. In each case the representative basket costs a hundred units in the country whose currency is specified. Let’s take an example. If you are a Canadian citizen and you want to know the price level in Canada when compared to other countries, you have to look at the column Canada, where the price level is set at 100 for the whole column. If you have 120 for Finland, it means that the price level in Finland is 20% higher than in Canada. It means that you would spend 120 dollars in Finland to buy the same basket of goods and services when you spend 100 in Canada.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The International Trade (MEI) dataset contains predominantly monthly merchandise trade statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for all OECD member countries and for all non-OECD G20 economies and the EU.   The dataset itself contains international trade statistics measured in billions of United States dollars (USD) for: Exports, Imports, Balance. In all cases a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis.
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 February, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The Financial Statistics dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 36 OECD member countries and some selected other countries. The dataset itself contains financial statistics on 4 separate subjects: Monetary Aggregates, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates, and Share Prices. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant financial statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. All data are available monthly, and are presented as either an index (where the year 2015 is the base year) or as a level depending on which measure is seen as the most appropriate and/or useful in the economic analysis context.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Air pollution is considered one of the most pressing environmental and health issues across OECD countries and beyond. According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5) and ground-level ozone (O3) have potentially the most significant adverse effects on health compared to other pollutants. PM2.5 can be inhaled and cause serious health problems including both respiratory and cardiovascular disease, having its most severe effects on children and elderly people. Exposure to PM2.5 has been shown to considerably increase the risk of heart disease and stroke in particular. For these reasons, population exposure to (outdoor or ambient) PM2.5 has been identified as an OECD Green Growth headline indicator. Exposure to ground-level ozone (O3) has serious consequences for human health, contributing to, or triggering, respiratory diseases. These include breathing problems, asthma and reduced lung function (WHO, 2016; Brauer et al., 2016). Ozone exposure is highest in emission-dense countries with warm and sunny summers. The most important determinants are background atmospheric chemistry, climate, anthropogenic and biogenic emissions of ozone precursors such as volatile organic compounds, and the ratios between different emitted chemicals.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents trends in amounts of municipal waste generated (including household waste), and the treatment and disposal method used. The amount of waste generated in each country is related to the rate of urbanisation, the types and pattern of consumption, household revenue and lifestyles.
  • N
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents gross capital formation, gross fixed capital formation, changes in inventories and acquisition less disposals of valuables broken down by detailed industries according to the classification ISIC rev.4. Gross fixed capital formation is also available broken down by type of assets. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2005). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents fixed assets by activity according to the classification ISIC rev.3 and by type of product and by type of assets.  It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents the balance sheets for non financial assets by institutional sectors, for both produced assets (fixed assets, inventories, valuables) and non-produced assets (tangible and intangible).  It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 22 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents information using an "indicator" approach, focusing on cross-country comparisons. The aim is to make the accounts more accessible and informative, whilst taking the opportunity to present the conceptual underpinning  and comparability issues of each of the indicators presented. The range of indicators is set deliberately wide to reflect the richness of the national accounts dataset and to encourage users of economic statistics to refocus some of the spotlight that is often placed on GDP to other important economic indicators, which may better respond to their needs. Indeed many users themselves have been instrumental in this regard. The report of the Commission on the Measurement of Economic Performance and Social Progress (Stiglitz-Sen-Fitoussi Commission) is but one notable example. That is not to undermine the importance of GDP, which arguably remains the most important measure of total economic activity, but other measures may better reflect other aspects of the economy. For example, net national income may be a more appropriate measure of income available to citizens in countries with large outflows of property income, and household adjusted disposable income per capita may be a better indicator of the material well-being of citizens. But certainly from a data perspective more can and remains to be done. The Stiglitz-Sen-Fitoussi Commission for example highlights the pressing need for the provision, by official statistics institutes, of more detailed information that better describes the distributional aspects of activity, especially income, and the need to build on the national accounts framework to address issues such as non-market services produced by households or leisure. It is hoped that by producing a publication such as this and thereby raising awareness, the momentum from this and other initiatives will be accelerated. The publication itself will pick up new indicators in the future as they become available at the OECD.
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated..
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated.. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to the new version of the annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents gross capital formation, gross fixed capital formation, changes in inventories and acquisition less disposals of valuables broken down by detailed industries. Gross fixed capital formation is also available broken down by type of assets. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents the different transactions and balances to get from the GDP to the net lending/net borrowing. Therefore, it includes, in particular, national disposable income (gross and net), consumption of fixed capital as well as net saving.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents the final consumption expenditure of households broken down by the COICOP (Classification of Individual Consumption According to Purpose) classification and by durability.  It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      National Accounts - Volume IIIa - Financial Accounts - Flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors, and are presented in two tables: Financial accounts, consolidated and Financial accounts, non-consolidated.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      National Accounts - Volume IIIa - Financial Accounts - Flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors, and are presented in two tables: Financial accounts, consolidated and Financial accounts, non-consolidated.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It provides a faithful image, to the greatest extent possible, of the aggregates and balances of the general government sector in the SNA 1993 conceptual framework. In addition, it brings to light two relevant aggregates that do not belong to this conceptual frame work: the Total Revenue and the Total Expenditure of the general government sector. Unit of measure used - National currency; current prices. Expressed in millions.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts>General Government Accounts>750. General Government Debt-Maastricht   Unit of measure used: National currency; current prices. Expressed in millions   Statistical population: Government debt as defined in the Maastricht Treaty (Source : Eurostat). Available for Europeans countries only. In the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Maastricht Treaty, government debt is defined as the debt of the whole general government sector: gross, consolidated and nominal value (face value). It excludes the other accounts payable (AF.7), as well as, if they exist, insurance technical reserve (AF.6).
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It provides a breakdown of government expenditure according to their function. To meet this end, economic flows of expenditure must be aggregated according to the Classification of the Functions of Government (COFOG).
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents the three approaches of the GDP: expenditure based, output based and income based. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts>Detailed Tables and Simplified Accounts>7A. Labour input by activity, ISIC rev4   Unit of measure used: In persons, full-time equivalents, jobs and hours.   Statistical population: It presents employment, broken down by detailed industries according to the classification ISIC rev.4. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents population data and employment by main activity. It includes national concept data for economically active population, unemployed persons, total employment, employees and self-employed, as well as domestic concept data for total employment, employees and self-employed. The domestic concept data are available broken down by main activity. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It presents simplified non-financial accounts, from the gross value added to the net lending/net borrowing. In this table, the total economy is broken down in three main institutional sectors: corporations, general government, households and non-profit institutions serving households. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices. Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts>Supply and Use Tables>30. Supply at basic prices and its transformation into purchasers' prices   Unit of measure used: In national currency, in current prices and previous year prices. Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.   Statistical population: It presents the Supply table at basic prices and its transformation into purchaser's prices. It provides information by industry (at the 2 digit ISIC Rev 4 level, containing 89 industries) with corresponding breakdowns by product (using the comparable CPA product breakdown). It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by countries in their answers to Supply and Use questionnaire.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts>Supply and Use Tables>SUT Indicators>SUT Indicators   Statistical population: These indicators are calculated by the OECD from the SUT statistics reported to the OECD by countries in their answers to Supply and Use questionnaire.   Key statistical concept: The supply table describes the supply of goods and services, which are either produced in the domestic industry or imported. The use table shows where and how goods and services are used in the economy. Therefore in addition to their essential role to better estimations of National Accounts, Supply and Use tables are also a very powerful tool to understand the impact of policy decisions and globalisation, as they provide a detailed analysis of the process of production and the use of goods and services. For example, the Supply and Use Tables could be used to measure the the percentage of imports used in the production process or the share of trade and transport margins in the households’ final consumption expenditure.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts>Supply and Use Tables>31. Supply, Output and its components by industries   Unit of measure used: In national currency, in current prices and previous year prices. Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.   Statistical population: It presents the breakdown of output at basic prices between market output, output for own final use and non-market output, by activty at the 2 digit ISIC Rev 4 level. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by countries in their answers to Supply and Use questionnaire.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      It provides a faithful image, to the greatest extent possible, of the aggregates and balances of the general government sector Data are also available, for most countries, for the sub-sectors of general government.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts>Supply and Use Tables>40. Use at purchasers' prices   Unit of measure used: In national currency, in current prices and previous year prices. Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.   Statistical population: It presents the Use table at purchaser's prices. It provides information by industry (at the 2 digit ISIC Rev 4 level, containing 89 industries) with corresponding breakdowns by product (using the comparable CPA product breakdown). It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by countries in their answers to Supply and Use questionnaire.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Annual National Accounts>Supply and Use Tables>44. Valuation Matrices   Unit of measure used: In national currency, in current prices and previous year prices. Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.   Statistical population: It presents the tables of trade and transport margins, of taxes less subsidies on products. It provides information by industry (at the 2 digit ISIC Rev 4 level, containing 89 industries) with corresponding breakdowns by product (using the comparable CPA product breakdown). It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by countries in their answers to Supply and Use questionnaire.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Statistical population: Its presents output, intermediate consumption and the gross value added and its components, in particular compensation of employees and gross operating surplus and mixed income, broken down by detailed industries according to the classification ISIC rev.4. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. Unit of measure used: In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.   Note: 6A. Value added and its components by activity, ISIC rev4
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Statistical population: Its presents output, intermediate consumption and the gross value added and its components, in particular compensation of employees and gross operating surplus and mixed income, broken down by detailed industries. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. Data presented in this table will not be updated after summer 2010. Data reported to the OECD by countries in their answers to the annual national accounts questionnaire are now available on theme Industry and Services, Structural Analysis (STAN) Databases. Unit of measure used: In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers measuring the evolution of residential property prices over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. Among their professional uses, they serve, for example, to monitor macroeconomic imbalances and risk exposure of the financial sector. This dataset includes RPPI compiled by official statistical agencies following international statistical guidelines. It covers all OECD member countries and some non-member countries. Whenever possible, these RPPIs are broken down by region, dwelling type (single- and multi-family dwellings) and vintage (new and existing dwellings). This dataset presents, for each country, the RPPI that is available at the most aggregate level at both national and regional levels. It mainly contains quarterly statistics. At regional level, the available RPPIs are classified according to the OECD Territorial Level (TL) classification whenever possible. Regions within the 37 OECD countries are classified on two territorials level reflecting the administrative organisation of countries. The 394 OECD large regions (TL2) represent the first administrative tier of subnational government, for example, the Ontario Province in Canada. The 2258 OECD small regions (TL3) correspond to administrative regions, with the exception of Australia, Canada and the United States. This classification – which, for European countries, is largely consistent with the Eurostat NUTS 2016 – facilitates greater comparability of geographic units at the same territorial level.The dataset called “National and Regional House Price Indices” contains the full list of available RPPIs. The dataset called “Analytical house price indicators” contains, in addition to nominal RPPIs, information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “National and Regional House Price Indices – Headline Indicators” do not refer to the same price indices for Brazil, Canada, China, Germany, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “National and Regional House Price Indices”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap.For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical on the overlapping period.
    • June 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2018
      Select Dataset
      The "National CPI Weights" dataset contains the annual expenditure weights for the national CPI for the OECD Member countries at a detailed level of the COICOP classification (except Australia and Korea). The weight of a product in a CPI is the proportion of total household expenditure which is spent on that product during the weight reference period.
    • May 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 June, 2016
      Select Dataset
      National landings in domestic ports
    • December 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 November, 2016
      Select Dataset
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionaly collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.  
    • April 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator measures the net costs paid by parents for full-time centre-based childcare, after any benefits designed to reduce the gross childcare fees. Childcare benefits can be received in the form of childcare allowances, tax concessions, fee rebates and increases in other benefit entitlements.
    • February 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 February, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Official development assistance (ODA) is defined as government aid designed to promote the economic development and welfare of developing countries. Loans and credits for military purposes are excluded. Aid may be provided bilaterally, from donor to recipient, or channelled through a multilateral development agency such as the United Nations or the World Bank. Aid includes grants, "soft" loans and the provision of technical assistance. The OECD maintains a list of developing countries and territories; only aid to these countries counts as ODA. The list is periodically updated and currently contains over 150 countries or territories. 
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Saikrishna Valluparambath
      Accessed On: 10 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Net Replacement Rates in unemployment measure the proportion of income that is maintained after 1, 2, …, T months of unemployment.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Number of new entrants in a given programme by age and sex.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Number of new entrants in a given programme by field and sex.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The breakdown of transactions and positions by counterpart sector enriches the information as included in the financial accounts and balance sheets by providing insight into the relationships between institutional sectors within an economy as well as between residents and non-residents. For a given financial instrument it is possible to trace the creditor-debtor relations between institutional sectors and with the rest of the world.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 02 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents the Non-consolidated financial balance sheets by economic sector (Quarterly table 0720), according to SNA 2008 methodology. It comprises all flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The breakdown of transactions and positions by counterpart sector enriches the information as included in the financial accounts and balance sheets by providing insight into the relationships between institutional sectors within an economy as well as between residents and non-residents. For a given financial instrument it is possible to trace the creditor-debtor relations between institutional sectors and with the rest of the world.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 26 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents the Non-consolidated financial transactions by economic sector (Quarterly table 0620), according to SNA 2008 methodology. It comprises all flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The dataset on Quarterly Sector Accounts data presents the whole set of non financial accounts for the institutional sectors.It includes the following accounts: - Production account / External account of goods and services - Generation of income account - Allocation of primary income account - Secondary distribution of income account - Use of disposable income account - Change in net worth due to saving and capital transfers accounts - Acquisitions of non-financial assets account - Balance sheets for non-financial assets - Employment by sector These accounts are designed to produce accounting balances that are of particular interest for economic analysis such as value added, operating surplus, saving or net lending/net borrowing. Quarterly Sector Accounts data have been reported to the OECD by Member countries and Key Partner countries using a standard questionnaire (simplified table T0119 or detailed table T0801). These questionnaires are designed to collect internationally comparable data according to definitions and concepts presented in the System of National Accounts (SNA 2008 or SNA 1993 for a few countries):
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Non-medical determinants of health: Unhealthy lifestyles and poor environments cause millions of people to die prematurely. Smoking, harmful alcohol use, physical inactivity and obesity are the root cause of many chronic conditions. This dataset presents the latest data for tobacco consumption (including daily smokers by age and sex), vaping (by age and sex), alcohol consumption, fruits and vegetables consumption, as well as measured and self-reported data on overweight and obesity.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The indicator reports the nutrient balance of nitrogen and phosphorus – the difference between the quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving this system – for exports of nine cereal and oilseed (hence excluding pasture) as a share of the total nutrient balance for 21 countries in years 2006, 2007, 2010 and 2014. Grains covered by this indicator are wheat, maize, barley, sorghum, oats, rice soybeans, sunflower seed and rapeseed.
  • O
    • March 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 April, 2016
      Select Dataset
    • March 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 April, 2016
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 09 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 09 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
       These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      2011 F) OECD Countries : Consumer Support Estimate by Country These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries. NPC: Nominal Protection Coefficient. NAC: Nominal Assistance Coefficient.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      2011 H) OECD Countries : General Services Support Estimate by Country These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries. TSE : Total support estimate
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
    • November 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ngendo Ngwiri Christine
      Accessed On: 18 September, 2022
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Digital Economy Outlook 2020 examines trends and analyses emerging opportunities and challenges in the digital economy. It highlights how OECD countries and partner economies are taking advantage of information and communication technologies (ICTs) and the Internet to meet their public policy objectives. Through comparative evidence, it informs policy makers of regulatory practices and policy options to help maximise the potential of the digital economy as a driver for innovation and inclusive growth.   This third edition of the OECD Digital Economy Outlook provides a holistic overview of converging trends, policy developments and data on both the supply and demand sides of the digital economy. It illustrates how the digital transformation is affecting economies and societies. Finally, it provides a special focus on how the COVID-19 pandemic is amplifying opportunities and challenges from the digital transformation.
    • February 2012
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      The data presented here refer to the latest year available, which corresponds to the late 2000s for most countries. The data on the state of threatened species build on country replies to the Annual Quality Assurance (AQA) of OECD environmental reference series. These data are harmonised through the work of the OECD Working Party on Environmental Information (WPEI). Some where updated or revised on the basis of comments from national Delegates and in the framework of the OECD Environmental Performance Reviews. When interpreting these data, it should be borne in mind that the number of species known does not always accurately reflect the number of species in extistence and that varying definitions can limit comparability accross countries. The data presented here show numbers of known species and threatened species with the aim of indicating the state of mammals, birds, freshwater fish, reptiles, amphibians and vascular plants.
    • February 2012
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
      This dataset covers the uses of wildlife resources and related pressures from human activities: fish production; catches of fish and other aquatic animals and products and the management of wildlife resources: biosphere reserves and wetlands of international importance; major protected areas.
    • August 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      As countries are increasingly using a wide range of policy measures to address agri-environmental issues, indicators provide crucial information to monitor and analyse the effects of those policies on the environment. They can also help the understanding and analysis of the environmental effects of future policy scenarios and agricultural projections. To help improve measurement of the environmental performance of agriculture, OECD has established a set of agri-environmental indicators, with development of the indicators in cooperation with Eurostat and FAO. These indicators inform policy makers and society on the state and trends in agri-environmental conditions, and can provide a valuable aid to policy analysis.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      In this version, seven GVCs indicators are presented for 59 economies (34 OECD and 23 non-OECD economies, plus the "rest of the world" and the European Union) for 18 industries in the years 1995, 2000, 2005, 2008 and 2009. The indicators are calculated based on the five global input-output matrices of the TiVA database. More details on the aggregation and specific country notes can be downloaded at http://www.oecd.org/sti/ind/input-outputtables.htm and http://oe.cd/gvc/.
    • July 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      National values have been computed based on regional estimates. For this reason, it is possible that in some cases these values differ from national statistics. Status:  Discontinued 
    • July 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      National values have been computed based on regional estimates. For this reason, it is possible that in some cases these values differ from national statistics. Status:  Discontinued 
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This OECD inventory maps existing cross-country surveys that provide information on the characteristics of people's jobs. The information included in this inventory covers international surveys conducted since the early 1990s that are based on individuals' self-reported assessment of their current job, for 160 countries over 25 years. Survey questions are grouped into 19 indicators. For each indicator, binary codes (1 and 0) show whether indicators are available or not for the various countries and years. The inventory also provides users with detailed documentation on the questions used in the various surveys for measuring these indicators.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook reviews key trends in STI policies and performance in OECD countries and major emerging economies. It is published every two years and draws on a unique international policy survey conducted by the OECD - with more than 45 countries involved in 2014 - and the latest OECD work on STI policy analysis and measurement. Following an overview of the recent STI global landscape, key current policy issues are discussed across a series of thematic policy profiles. Country profiles report the STI performance of individual countries and the most recent national policy developments.
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Weekly Tracker of GDP growth provides a real-time high-frequency indicator of economic activity using machine learning and Google Trends data. It has a wide country coverage of OECD and G20 countries. The Tracker is thus particularly well suited to assessing activity during the turbulent period of the current global pandemic. It applies a machine learning model to a panel of Google Trends data for 46 countries, and aggregates together information about search behaviour related to consumption, labour markets, housing, trade, industrial activity and economic uncertainty.   The Weekly Tracker proxies the percent change in weekly GDP levels from the pre-crisis trend. The pre-crisis trend is taken from OECD forecasts made prior to the crisis (in the November 2019 Economic Outlook). Two other flavours of the Tracker are also available in the datafiles: a Tracker of weekly GDP growth year-on-year (that is, the percent change in weekly GDP from the same week in the past year), and a Tracker of weekly GDP growth year-on-two-year (the percent change in weekly GDP from the same week two years earlier). 
    • July 2015
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 March, 2018
      Select Dataset
      ICT investment is defined as the acquisition of equipment and computer software that is used in production for more than one year. ICT has three components: information technology equipment (computers and related hardware); communications equipment; and software. Software includes acquisition of pre-packaged software, customised software and software developed in-house. This indicator is measured as a percentage of total non-residential gross fixed capital formation.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The Agricultural Outlook has been prepared as a joint report by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations. The report provides a ten year forward looking, assessment of trends and prospects in the major temperate-zone agricultural commodity markets of biofuels, cereals, oilseeds and oilseed products, sugar, meat, fish and sea food, dairy products, cotton, roots and tubers and pulses. It is published annually, in the middle of the second quarter, as part of a continuing effort to promote informed discussion of emerging market and policy issues. The data used to develop the projections underlying the assessment are those available as of January 2023. The projections and assessments provided in the report are the result of close co-operation between the OECD and FAO Secretariats and national experts with a jointly developed modelling system, based on the AGLINK-COSIMO model, used to facilitate consistency in the projections. The data series for the projections are drawn from OECD and FAO databases. For the most part information in these databases has been taken from national statistical sources. For further details on particular series, enquiries should be directed to the OECD and FAO Secretariats.
    • May 2017
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains statistics on research and development (R&D) expenditure performed in the higher education and private non-profit sectors by field of science (natural sciences, engineering, medical sciences, agricultural sciences, social sciences, and humanities) and type of costs (current expenditures, capital expenditures).
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Other official flows are official sector transactions which do not meet the ODA criteria, e.g.:  i.) Grants to developing countries for representational or essentially commercial purposes;  ii.) Official bilateral transactions intended to promote development but having a grant element of less than 25 per cent;  iii.) Official bilateral transactions, whatever their grant element, that are primarily export-facilitating in purpose. This category includes by definition export credits extended directly to an aid recipient by an official agency or institution ("official direct export credits");  iv.) The net acquisition by governments and central monetary institutions of securities issued by multilateral development banks at market terms;  v.) Subsidies (grants) to the private sector to soften its credits to developing countries [see Annex 3, paragraph A3.5.iv)b)];  vi.) Funds in support of private investment.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains figures on the shares of industrial sectors that are "controlled" by affiliates located abroad in each country (outward investment as a percentage of national total).
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains figures on the activity of affiliates located abroad by host country in the total manufacturing, total services and total business enterprise sectors. The units used to present data in AMNE are millions of national currency for monetary variables and units for the other variables. Monetary variables are in current prices. Euro-area countries: national currency data is expressed in euro beginning with the year of entry into the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). For years prior to the year of entry into EMU, data have been converted from the former national currency using the appropriate irrevocable conversion rate. This presentation facilitates comparisons within a country over time and ensures that the historical evolution is preserved. Please note, however, that pre-EMU euro are a notional unit and should not be used to form area aggregates or to carry out cross-country comparisons.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains figures on the activity of affiliates located abroad by host country in the total manufacturing sector or in the total business sector. The units used to present data in AFA are millions of national currency for monetary variables and units for the other variables. Monetary variables are in current prices. Euro-area countries: national currency data is expressed in euro beginning with the year of entry into the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). For years prior to the year of entry into EMU, data have been converted from the former national currency using the appropriate irrevocable conversion rate. This presentation facilitates comparisons within a country over time and ensures that the historical evolution is preserved. Please note, however, that pre-EMU euro are a notional unit and should not be used to form area aggregates or to carry out cross-country comparisons.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table contains figures on the activity affiliates located abroad by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 4). The units used to present data in AMNE are millions of national currency for monetary variables and units for the other variables. Monetary variables are in current prices. Euro-area countries: national currency data is expressed in euro beginning with the year of entry into the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). For years prior to the year of entry into EMU, data have been converted from the former national currency using the appropriate irrevocable conversion rate. This presentation facilitates comparisons within a country over time and ensures that the historical evolution is preserved. Please note, however, that pre-EMU euro are a notional unit and should not be used to form area aggregates or to carry out cross-country comparisons.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The units used to present data in AFA are millions of national currency for monetary variables and units for the other variables. Monetary variables are in current prices. Euro-area countries: national currency data is expressed in euro beginning with the year of entry into the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). For years prior to the year of entry into EMU, data have been converted from the former national currency using the appropriate irrevocable conversion rate. This presentation facilitates comparisons within a country over time and ensures that the historical evolution is preserved. Please note, however, that pre-EMU euro are a notional unit and should not be used to form area aggregates or to carry out cross-country comparisons.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
  • P
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The International Transport Forum collects data on transport statistics on annual basis from all its Member countries. Data are collected from Transport Ministries, statistical offices and other institution designated as official data source. Variables collected are inland transport of goods (T-km), of passengers (P-km) and road injury accidents. Additional information is also gathered on containers transported by rail and sea (Tons and TEU) as well as short sea shipping data (T-km).
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents patent statistics and indicators that are suitable for tracking innovation in environment-related technologies. They allow the assessment of countries and firms' innovation performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Environment Directorate, in collaboration with the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in environment-related technologies. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies. The patent statistics presented here are constructed using data extracted from the Worldwide Patent Statistical Database (PATSTAT) of the European Patent Office (EPO) using algorithms developed by the OECD. Consistent with other patent statistics provided in OECD.Stat, only published applications for "patents of invention" are considered (i.e. excluding utility models, petty patents, etc.). The relevant patent documents are identified using search strategies for environment-related technologies (ENV-TECH) which were developed specifically for this purpose. They allow identifying technologies relevant to environmental management, water-related adaptation and climate change mitigation. An aggregate category labelled "selected environment-related technologies" includes all of the environmental domains presented here.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Environment Directorate, in collaboration with the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in environment-related technologies. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies. The patent statistics presented here are constructed using data extracted from the Worldwide Patent Statistical Database (PATSTAT) of the European Patent Office (EPO) using algorithms developed by the OECD. Consistent with other patent statistics provided in OECD.Stat, only published applications for "patents of invention" are considered (i.e. excluding utility models, petty patents, etc.). The relevant patent documents are identified using search strategies for environment-related technologies (ENV-TECH) which were developed specifically for this purpose. They allow identifying technologies relevant to environmental management, water-related adaptation and climate change mitigation. An aggregate category labelled "selected environment-related technologies" includes all of the environmental domains presented here.
    • March 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 January, 2017
      Select Dataset
       Description The OECD's Directorate for Science, Technology and Industry has developed patent data and indicators that are suitable for statistical analysis and that can help addressing S&T policy issues. To date, the OECD Patent Database fully covers:Patent applications to the European Patent Office (EPO) (from 1978 onwards);Patents applications to the US Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) (granted patents from 1976 onwards, patent filings as of 2001 only);Patents filed under the Patent Co-operation Treaty (PCT), at international phase, that designate the EPO (from 1978 onwards);Patents that belong to Triadic Patent Families (OECD definition): i.e. sub-set of patents all filed together at the EPO, at the Japanese Patent Office (JPO) and at the USPTO, protecting the same set of inventions. EPO and PCT patent counts are based on data received from the EPO (EPO Bibliographic database, patent published until November 2015).  Series on USPTO patents and Triadic patent families are mainly derived from EPO's Worldwide Statistical Patent Database (PATSTAT, Autumn 2015). Regional data are based on OECD, REGPAT database, February 2016. Indicators based on patent families improve the international comparability and the quality of patent's indicators (overcoming the drawbacks of traditional patent-based indicators, such as the "home advantage")
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Patents are a key measure of innovation output, as patent indicators reflect the inventive performance of countries, regions, technologies, firms, etc. They are also used to track the level of diffusion of knowledge across technology areas, countries, sectors, firms, etc., and the level of internationalisation of innovative activities. Patent indicators can serve to measure the output of R&D, its productivity, structure and the development of a specific technology/industry. The relationship between patents as an intermediate output resulting from R&D inputs has been investigated extensively. Patents are often interpreted as an output indicator; however, they could also be viewed as an input indicator, as patents are used as a source of information by subsequent inventors. Like any other indicator, patent indicators have many advantages and disadvantages. The advantages of patent indicators are :patents have a close link to invention;patents cover a broad range of technologies on which there are sometimes few other sources of data;the contents of patent documents are a rich source of information (on the applicant, inventor, technology category, claims, etc.); andpatent data are readily available from patent offices. However, patents are subject to certain drawbacks:the value distribution of patents is skewed as many patents have no industrial application (and hence are of little value to society) whereas a few are of substantial value;many inventions are not patented because they are not patentable or inventors may protect the inventions using other methods, such as secrecy, lead time, etc.;the propensity to patent differs across countries and industries;differences in patent regulations make it difficult to compare counts across countries; andchanges in patent law over the years make it difficult to analyse trends over time. 
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Dinesh Kumar Gouducheruvu
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Pensions at a Glance Database has been developed in order to serve a growing need for pensions indicators. It includes reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and mandatory and voluntary pensions. It covers 34 OECD countries and aims to cover all G20 countries. Pensions at a Glance reviews and analyses the pension measures enacted or legislated in OECD countries. It provides an in-depth review of the first layer of protection of the elderly, first-tier pensions across countries and provideds a comprehensive selection of pension policy indicators for all OECD and G20 countries.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset reports data on pharmaceutical consumption and sales, according to the Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) classification, and on the share of generics in the pharmaceutical market.
    • March 2017
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • March 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 November, 2016
      Select Dataset
      The Population and Vital Statistics dataset presents components of change in the population during one year and mid-year population data for the 34 OECD member countries. Data are presented in thousands of persons and as rates in per 1000. The components of change in the population during one year are presented as follow: the first statistics refer to the population on January 1st for each year, the natural increase of the population is the difference between the number of births and deaths over the calendar year, the addition of net migration and statistical adjustments to the natural increase gives the total increase of the population over the calendar year. The addition of the total population increase to the population on January 1st gives the population on December 31st. Note: No longer this dataset be collected by OECD. Population and demographic events are available from the United Nation database at "https://esa.un.org/unpd/wpp/Download/Standard/Population/."    
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains the number of people by sex and age group per country.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents annual population projections data up to 2061 by sex and five year age groups as well as the share of children, youth, the elderly, old-age and total dependency ratios. The data is available for all 38 member countries as well as for the EU27 and G20 countries, Singapore and the World total. Population projections are, in most countries, according to medium variant. (See country details for the variants retained for each demographic component of total fertility, life expectancy at birth and net annual migration).
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Country weights used for calculation of Consumer Prices and Producer Prices OECD zones
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Private transactions are those undertaken by firms and individuals resident in the reporting country.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents activities in support of development from philanthropic foundations since 2009, including bilateral activities and core contributions to multilateral organisations. Bilateral activities from this dataset can also be found in the Creditor Reporting System (CRS) database. Collecting data on private philanthropy for development is work in progress, which may explain break in series for some foundations.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      DUE TO CHANGES IN THE METHODOLOGY THE 2018 PMR VALUES CANNOT BE COMPARED WITH PREVIOUS VINTAGES. The 2018 OECD Indicators of Product Market Regulation (PMR) are a comprehensive and internationally-comparable set of indicators that measure the degree to which laws and policies promote or inhibit competition in areas of the product and service market where competition is viable. These indicators measure the de iure regulatory environments in 34 OECD countries and in a set of non-OECD countries in 2018. The economy-wide indicators cover the extent to which the involvement of the state in the economy can generate distortions to competition and the level of the barriers to entry and expansion to domestic and foreign firms in different sectors of the economy. Users of the data must be aware that they may no longer fully reflect the current situation in fast reforming countries.
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The 'Production and Sales (MEI)' dataset is a dataset containing predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 34 OECD member countries and for selected other economies. The Production and Sales dataset contains industrial statistics on four separate subjects: Production; Sales; Orders; and Work started. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant industrial statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. For Production, data comprise Indices of industrial production (IIP) for total industry, manufacturing, energy and crude petroleum; and further disaggregation of manufacturing production for intermediate goods and for investment goods and crude steel. For others, they comprise retail trade and registration of passenger cars; and permits issued and work started for dwellings. Considerable effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented, coverage for as many countries as possible, and that all the subjects have reasonable length of time-series to assist analysis. Most data are available monthly and are presented as an index (where the year 2010 is the base year) or as a level depending on which measure is seen as the most appropriate and/or useful in the economic analysis context. Due to differences in statistical or economic environment at country level, however, availability of data varies from one country to another.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the OECD Annual National Accounts database. However, timely data issues may arise and affect individual series and/or individual countries. Sectors differ from each other with respect to their productivity growth. Understanding the drivers of productivity growth at the total economy level requires an understanding of the contribution of each sector. Data of real gross value added, labour compensation, hours worked and employment are sourced from the OECD Annual National Accounts.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD cross-section sectoral indicators measure regulatory conditions in the professional services and retail distribution sectors. The professional services indicators cover entry and conduct regulation in the legal, accounting, engineering, and architectural professions. They are now estimated for the years 1996, 2003, around 2008 and 2013 for 34 OECD countries and for another set of non-OECD countries for 2013. Users of the data must be aware that they may no longer fully reflect the current situation in fast reforming countries. Not all data are available for all countries for all years.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 20 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Distribution of graduates/new entrants by gender, country of origin and age as well as the proportion of each tertiary educational level over the total of first-time graduates and new entrants at tertiary level.
    • April 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset provides country-level protected area coverage for terrestrial, marine and coastal domains calculated from the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA). It provides disaggregations of protected area total by IUCN management objectives. The dataset spans the period 1950-2022 and reports results for all OECD countries as well as South Africa, all countries in South America, Central America and the Caribbean and a subset of countries in South-East Asia. A number of country aggregates are included: Euro area, European Union, Advanced economies, Emerging market economies, G7, G20, OECD, OECD Europe, OECD Asia Oceania, OECD Americas and Latin American countries. The International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) has developed an internationally agreed definition of protected areas, which classify them as strict nature reserves and wilderness areas (Ia and Ib), national parks (II), natural monuments or features (III), habitat or species management areas (IV), protected landscapes or seascapes (V), and protected areas with sustainable use of natural resources (VI).
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator measures the financial disincentives to participate in the labour market. It shows the proportion of earnings in the new job that are lost to either higher taxes or lower benefit entitlements when a jobless person takes up employment and their family claims social assistance and/or Guaranteed Minimum Income (GMI) benefits. Higher values means higher financial disincentives.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator measures the financial disincentives to participate in the labour market. It calculates the proportion of earnings in the new job that are lost to either higher taxes or lower benefit entitlements when a jobless person takes up employment and claims unemployment benefits. Higher values means higher financial disincentives.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator measures the financial disincentives to participate in the labour market for a jobseeker claiming unemployment benefits. It calculates the proportion of earnings that are lost to either higher taxes, lower benefits and net childcare costs when a parent with young children takes up full-time employment and uses full-time centre-based childcare. This indicators is calculated assuming that the jobseeker claims unemployment insurance and/or unemployment assistance benefits when s/he is out of work.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator measures the financial disincentives to participate in the labour market. It calculates the proportion of earnings that are lost to either higher taxes, lower benefits and net childcare costs when a parent with young children takes up full-time employment and uses full-time centre-based childcare. This indicators is calculated assuming that the family claims social assitance and/or Guaranteed Minimum Income (GMI) benefits but not unemployment benefits.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 29 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD has collected data for public expenditure on labour market programmes (LMPs) continuously since the mid-1980s. For most longstanding Member countries, data according to a consistent classification system and definition of scope are available for reference years 1985 to 2002. Starting with reference year 1998, Eurostat started collecting and publishing data according to a somewhat different classification system and definition of scope. In line with agreements for bilateral coordination of data collection, the OECD after some time adopted - for non-Eurostat OECD Member countries as well as Eurostat countries – most of the features of the Eurostat system. This allows the OECD to use data collected by Eurostat rather than making a separate data request to the 20 Eurostat countries that are members of the OECD. OECD data according to the "new" classification and definition of scope are generally available for reference year 2002 onwards, or 1998 onwards for Eurostat countries. These data are often used in time-series applications, e.g. for documenting long-term trends in total social expenditure (ìn which labour market programmes are one component), or in time-series regressions that attempt to estimate the impact of training programmes vs. job-creation programmes on unemployment. It is no longer practicable to do such work using only the "old" data which stop in 2002 or the "new" data which start in 2002 or 1998. If the two data sets are combined using crude extrapolation and splicing techniques, time-series movements will result primarily from statistical breaks (i.e. changes in definition and coverage of the statistics) rather than real changes in spending patterns. The unit of measure used depends on the members in dimension 'Country', 'Measure'
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These splits make it possible to characterize the structure of public finances in OECD countries according to the different types of welfare state. This, in turn, makes it possible for countries to compare themselves with other relevant member countries and may stimulate the national policy debate about questions such as decentralization, redistribution, privatization, the role of the non?profit sector and the application of user fees. Recommended uses and limitations The methodology applied to make the required splits has been developed since 2004 and has gradually become more accurate. The most recent methodology, used in the PFED of 2009, makes use of second level COFOG data and has been applied in a test procedure on five European countries (of which three are OECD countries) that have provided second level COFOG data to Eurostat. In the course of 2007 and 2008, more countries made available second level COFOG data to Eurostat.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      OECD National Account Statistics are based on the System of National of Accounts (SNA), a set of internationally agreed concepts, definitions, classifications and rules for national accounting. Using SNA terminology, general government revenue consists of central, state and local governments, and social security funds. State government is only applicable to the nine OECD member countries that are federal states: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Germany, Mexico, Spain (considered a de facto federal state in the National Accounts data), Switzerland and the United States. Revenues encompass social contributions (e.g. contributions for pensions, health and social security), taxes other than social contributions (e.g. taxes on consumption, income, wealth, property and capital), and grants and other revenues. Grants can be from foreign governments, international organizations or other general government units. Other revenues include sales, fees, property income and subsidies. The aggregates presented (taxes other than social contributions, social contributions, and grants and other revenues) are not directly available in the OECD National Accounts, and were constructed using sub-account line items.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data cover both social security reserve funds and sovereign pension reserve funds, the two main categories of public pension reserve funds. Social security reserve funds are set up as part of the overall social security system. They are funded chiefly by surpluses from employee and/or employer contributions over current payouts and, in some cases, by top-up contributions from the government through fiscal transfers and other sources. They may be managed either as part of a national social security scheme or by an independent - often public sector - fund management entity. Sovereign pension reserve funds are funds established by governments (independently of social security systems), who finance them directly through fiscal transfers. They are usually mandated to finance public pension expenditures at a specific future date. Some are not allowed to make any payouts for decades.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The magnitude of government debt, and public sector debt likewise, depends on the coverage of instruments used and available data. To accommodate a fair international comparison of related indicators, the IMF, the OECD and the World Bank have agreed to define various debt measures depending on the coverage or non-coverage of instruments: D1 to D4. The D1-D4 presentation classifies gross government debt and public sector debt into four separate categories, as defined in the 2012 IMF Staff Discussion Note: “What Lies Beneath: The Statistical Definition of Public Sector Debt”. This coverage of instruments according to this classification ranges from a narrow definition including only debt securities and loans (D1) to a fully comprehensive definition covering all six debt instruments (D4), as defined in the Public Sector Debt Statistics Guide for User and Compilers, and the Government Finance Statistics Manual 2014. For more information, please see the document:
    • January 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 25 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The Public Sector Debt database includes quarterly detailed information on all liabilities which constitute debt instruments, by initial and residual maturity, which are held by the government, and more broadly the public sector. The debt instruments are those instruments that require the payment of principal and interest or both at some point(s) in the future. All liabilities are considered debt, except liabilities in the form of equity and investment fund shares and, financial derivatives and employee stock options.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) for all OECD countries. PPPs are the rates of currency conversion that eliminate the differences in price levels between countries. Per capita volume indices based on PPP converted data reflect only differences in the volume of goods and services produced. Comparative price levels are defined as the ratios of PPPs to exchange rates. They provide measures of the differences in price levels between countries. The PPPs are given in national currency units per US dollar. The price levels and volume indices derived using these PPPs have been rebased on the OECD average. Per capita volume indices should not be used to rank countries as PPPs are statistical constructs rather than precise measures. Minor differences between countries should be interpreted with caution.
  • Q
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 19 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      OECD has extracted monthly trade data from the UN Monthly Comtrade database, and aggregates the quarterly and annual frequencies by summing up the months. This may create discrepancies with annual trade figures as presented in International Trade by Commodity Statistics (ITCS). UN Monthly Comtrade (beta version) contains detailed merchandise trade data provided by countries (or areas) to the United Nations Statistics Division, Department of Economic and Social Affairs (UNSD/DESA). Values are expressed in United States dollars (USD) and refer to declared transaction values. All exports are valued f.o.b. (free on board) and imports are valued c.i.f. (including cost, insurance, freight), except the imports of Canada and Mexico which are valued f.o.b. Detailed country metadata (currency conversion rates, information in HS classifications and data publication dates) can be found from the metadata file at the UN Monthly Comtrade website under the heading Metadata.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The OECD's quarterly national accounts (QNA) dataset presents data collected from all the OECD member countries and some other major economies on the basis of a standardised questionnaire. It contains a wide selection of generally seasonally adjusted quarterly series most widely used for economic analysis from 1960 or whenever available:
  • R
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This database provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of central government support for business R&D; in form of R&D; tax incentives and direct funding across OECD member countries and ten non-member economies (Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, People's Republic of China, Romania, Russian Federation, and South Africa). This includes time-series indicators of tax expenditures for R&D;, based on the latest 2017 OECD data collection on tax incentive support for R&D; expenditures that was completed in July 2017. These estimates of the cost of R&D; tax relief have been combined with data on direct R&D; funding, as compiled by National Statistical Offices based on reports from firms, in order to provide a more complete picture of government efforts to promote business R&D.; The latest indicators and information on R&D; tax incentives also feature on the dedicated OECD website Measuring R&D; tax incentives.Tax expenditures are deviations from a benchmark tax system (OECD, 2010) and countries use different national benchmarks. Available estimates typically reflect the sum of foregone tax revenues – on an accruals basis – and refunds where applicable, with no or minimal adjustments for behavior effects. Some countries only report claims realised in a given year (cash basis), while others report losses to government on an accrual basis, excluding claims referring to earlier periods and including claims for current R&D; to be used in the future. For general and country-specific notes on the estimates of government tax relief for R&D; expenditures (GTARD), see http://www.oecd.org/sti/rd-tax-stats-gtard-notes.pdfThe sources for the other indicators (direct funding of BERD, BERD and GDP) include the OECD databases on Main Science and Technology Indicators and Eurostat R&D; statistics.
    • May 2017
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 July, 2019
      Select Dataset
      This table contains research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics on current domestic R&D and gross domestic R&D expenditures by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by type of R&D within each sector (basic research, applied research, experimental development, non-specified, and total activity). Unit of measure used - Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables present research and development (R&D) personnel statistics for : - Total R&D personnel by sector of employment and field of science, in full-time equivalent on R&D; - Researchers by sex, sector of employment and field of science, in full-time equivant on R&D; - Researchers by sex, sector of employment and field of science, in headcounts. Sectors of employment are business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit and total. Breakdown by field of science includes natural sciences, engineering, medical sciences, agricultural sciences, social sciences, and humanities.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      These tables contain research and development (RD) personnel statistics. Number of RD personnel is provided in both headcounts and full-time equivalent on RD by sex, sector of employment (business enterprise, government, higher education, and private non-profit) and by occupation (researchers, technicians and other support staff).
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table presents research and development (R&D) personnel statistics. Number of R&D personnel is provided in headcounts and/or full-time equivalent on R&D by sex, sector of employment (business enterprise, government, higher education, and private non-profit) and by formal qualification (university and other diplomas by ISCED classification). Unit of measure used - Headcounts and/or Full-time equivalent on R&D (FTE)
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The reference series used in the publication are: GDP for tax reporting years at market prices, national currency Exchange rates national currency per US dollar Population These data are extracted from various datasets managed by OECD directorates. The figures presented here are those used in creating the latest Revenue Statistics publication. These datasets are updated periodically during the year and therefore the figures in the latest versions may differ from those implied in the publication.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents reference statistics (GDP, Total Government Expenditure, deflators, etc.) that are used to calculate some of the indicators on educational expenditure included in the indicators dataset.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 September, 2022
      Select Dataset
    • June 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 10 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Regional database contains annual data from 1995 to the most recent available year (generally 2022 for demographic and labor market data, 2021 for regional accounts, innovation and social statistics). 
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Regional database contains annual data from 1995 to the most recent available year (generally 2018 for demographic and labor market data, 2017 for regional accounts, innovation and social statistics). The data collection is undertaken by the Center for Entrepreneurship, SMEs, Regions and Cities (CFE). Statistics are collected through an annual questionnaire sent to the delegates of the Working Party on Territorial Indicators (WPTI), and via downloads from the web-sites of National Statistical Offices and Eurostat
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Regional Database contains annual data from 1995 to the most recent available year. The data collection is undertaken by the Directorate of Public Governance and Territorial Development, within the Regional Development Policy division (GOV/RDP). Statistics are collected through an annual questionnaire sent to the delegates of the Working Party on Territorial Indicators (WPTI), and through access to the web-sites of National Statistical Offices and Eurostat. The WPTI is responsible for developing regional (subnational) and urban statistics and providing analysis to support policy evaluations. The Regional Database includes statistics on the regional distribution of resources, regional disparities, and how regions contribute to national growth and the well-being of society. Under this framework, the Regional Database is one of the pillars for providing indicators to the publication OECD Regions at a Glance (link).
    • May 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 September, 2022
      Select Dataset
      The Regional Database contains annual data from 1995 to the most recent available year (generally 2016 for demographic, 2015 for labor market data and 2014 for regional accounts, innovation and social statistics).
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Regional Database contains annual data from 1995 to the most recent available year (generally 2014 for demographic and labour market data, 2013 for regional accounts, innovation and social statistics).   In any analytical study conducted at sub-national levels, the choice of the territorial unit is of prime importance. The territorial grids (TL2 and TL3) used in this database are officially established and relatively stable in all member countries, and are used by many as a framework for implementing regional policies. This classification - which, for European countries, is largely consistent with the Eurostat classification - facilitates greater comparability of regions at the same territorial level. The differences with the Eurostat NUTS classification concern Belgium, Greece and the Netherlands where the NUTS 2 level correspond to the OECD TL3 and Germany where the NUTS1 corresponds to the OECD TL2 and the OECD TL3 corresponds to 97 spatial planning regions (Groups of Kreise). For the United Kingdom the Eurostat NUTS1 corresponds to the OECD TL2. Due to limited data availability, labour market indicators in Canada are presented for a different grid (groups of TL3 regions). Since these breakdowns are not part of the OECD official territorial grids, for the sake of simplicity they are labelled as Non Official Grids (NOG).
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Regional well-being dataset presents eleven dimensions central for well-being at local level and for 395 OECD regions, covering material conditions (income, jobs and housing), quality of life (education, health, environment, safety and access to services) and subjective well-being (social network support and life satisfaction). The set of indicators selected to measure these dimensions is a combination of people's individual attributes and their local conditions, and in most cases, are available over two different years (2000 and 2014). Regions can be easily visualised and compared to other regions through the interactive website [www.oecdregionalwellbeing.org]. The dataset, the website and the publications "Regions at a Glance" and "How’s life in your region?" are outputs designed from the framework for regional and local well-being. The Regional income distribution dataset presents comparable data on sub-national differences in income inequality and poverty for OECD countries. The data by region provide information on income distribution within regions (Gini coefficients and income quintiles), and relative income poverty (with poverty thresholds set in respect of the national population) for 2013. These new data complement international assessments of differences across regions in living conditions by documenting how household income is distributed within regions and how many people are poor relatively to the typical citizen of their country. For analytical purposes, the OECD classifies regions as the first administrative tier of sub-national government, so called Territorial Level 2 or TL2 in the OECD classification. This classification is used by National Statistical Offices to collect information and it represents in many countries the framework for implementing regional policies. Well-being indicators are shown for the 395 TL2 OECD regions, equivalent of the NUTS2 for European countries, with the exception for Estonian where well-being data are presented at a smaller (TL3) level and for the Regional Income dataset, where Greece, Hungary and Poland data are presented at a more aggregated (NUTS1) level.
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 February, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The Registered Unemployment and Job Vacancies dataset is a subset of the Short-Term Labour Situation database, which contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 34 OECD member countries and for selected other economies. There are basically two sources for unemployment statistics: labour force surveys and administrative data. Surveys are based on standard methodology and procedures used all over the world while administrative data are subject to national legislations which evolve through time. Consequently registered unemployment data are not comparable across countries. The relationship between survey and registered unemployment is not the same for all countries. Number of registered unemployed persons and registered unemployment rates are presented here because they are monthly and quickly available after their reference period. The job vacancies data provides estimates of the number of unfilled job vacancies across national economies. Series give an indication of the labour demand while the unemployment is linked with the labour supply.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD indicators of regulation in energy, transport and communications (ETCR) summarise regulatory provisions in seven sectors: telecoms, electricity, gas, post, rail, air passenger transport, and road freight. The ETCR indicators have been estimated in a long-time series and are therefore well suited for time-series analysis. The ETCR time series was updated, revised and now cover 34 OECD countries and a set of non-OECD countries for 2013. Users of the data must be aware that they may no longer fully reflect the current situation in fast reforming countries. Not all data are available for all countries for all years.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The PMR sector indicators measure the degree to which laws and policies promote or inhibit competition in seven network sectors (electricity, natural gas, air transport, rail transport, road transport, water transport and e-communications) and in eight service sectors (lawyers, notaries, accountants, civil engineers, architects, estate agents, retail trade and retail sales of medicines). The seven indicators for the network sectors are aggregated into a single indicator of regulation in network sectors. For more information:
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD cross-section sectoral indicators measure regulatory conditions in the professional services and retail distribution sectors. The retail indicators cover barriers to entry, operational restrictions, and price controls. These indicators were updated and revised; they are now estimated for 34 OECD countries for the years 1998, 2003, around 2008 and 2013 and for another set of non-OECD countries for 2013. Users of the data must be aware that they may no longer fully reflect the current situation in fast reforming countries. Not all data are available for all countries for all years.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • June 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 18 June, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the price of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. Among their professional uses, they serve, for example, to monitor macroeconomic imbalances and risk exposure of the financial sector. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. Please note that not all RPPIs are available for all countries. For instance, the RPPI at the most aggregate level for the United States only covers single-family dwellings, not all types of dwellings as it is the case for most other OECD countries. This dataset presents, for each country, the RPPI that is available at the most aggregate level. It mainly contains quarterly statistics. The dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete dataset” contains the full list of available RPPIs. The dataset called “Analytical house price indicators” contains, in addition to nominal RPPIs, information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” do not refer to the same price indices for Brazil, Canada, China, Germany, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap.For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical on the overlapping period.
    • June 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 16 June, 2020
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data on government sector receipts, and on taxes in particular, are basic inputs to most structural economic descriptions and economic analyses and are increasingly used in international comparisons. This annual database presents a unique set of detailed and internationally comparable data on both tax and non-tax revenue in a common format for African countries participating in Revenue Statistics in Africa. Click to collapse Direct source Country representatives authorized to obtain revenue data from the appropriate government departments and responsible for compiling the data and preparing data tables that adhere to the OECD tax classification.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Revenue Statistics in Asian Countries is a joint publication by the OECD Centre for Tax Policy and Administration and the OECD Development Centre. It presents detailed, internationally comparable data on tax revenues for seven Asian economies, two of which (Korea and Japan) are OECD members. Its approach is based on the well-established methodology of the OECD Revenue Statistics (OECD, 2015), which has become an essential reference source for OECD member countries. Comparisons are also made with the average for OECD economies. Comparable tables show revenue data by type of tax in national currency and US dollars, as a percentage of GDP, and, for the different types of taxes, as a share of total taxation. Detailed country tables show information in national currency values
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Revenue Statistics in LAC Countries is a joint publication by the OECD Centre for Tax Policy and Administration, the OECD Development Centre, the Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC) , the Inter-American Center for Tax Administrations (CIAT) and the Interamerican Development Bank (IDB). It presents detailed, internationally comparable data on tax revenues for 24 Latin American and Caribbean economies, two of which (Chile and Mexico) are OECD members. Its approach is based on the well-established methodology of the OECD Revenue Statistics (OECD, 2016), which has become an essential reference source for OECD member countries. Comparisons are also made with the average for OECD economies. Comparable tables show total tax revenue data and by tax as a percentage of GDP, and, for the different types of taxes, as a share of total taxation. Detailed country tables show information in national currency values
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data on government sector receipts, and on taxes in particular, are basic inputs to most structural economic descriptions and economic analyses and are increasingly used in international comparisons. This annual database presents a unique set of detailed and internationally comparable tax data in a common format for all OECD countries.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Reference Series - Latin American Countries Source: OECD National Accounts data for Chile and Mexico and official National Accounts data for the other countries
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      A key set of information for policy analysis is i) how much revenue is collected; ii) in what ways is it collected; iii) from which institutional units of the economy are revenues raised for each particular financing scheme; and iv) which financing schemes receive those revenues. This dataset provides information about the contribution mechanisms the particular financing schemes use to raise their revenues. Understanding the nature of the flows is of importance from the perspective of both health and public finance policy. For example, the classification of revenues make it possible to distinguish between public and private funding of health care finance. Understanding how resources are raised by financing schemes is important for many countries, as many health systems are struggling with the issue of funding. The classification of revenues of financing schemes is suitable for tracking the collection mechanisms of a financing framework. Furthermore, the new classification makes it possible to analyse the contribution of the institutional units to health financing.
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      International comparisons of taxes and charges on road haulage require a framework that can relate all the various taxes and charges levied on transport activities to marginal costs, if they are to provide satisfactory answers to the following types of question: -Do hauliers in one country pay more than in the other, and what impact does this have on the profitability of haulage in each country? -Is the impact of an increase in tax on diesel the same in each country or are differences in the taxation of labour more significant? -Do these differences distort the international haulage market? The 2003 ECMT Report 'Reforming Transport Taxes' developed a methodology for making such comparisons. The database presents information on vehicle taxes, fuel excise duties and user charges and takes also into account any possible refunds, rebates and exemptions. These data allow for comparison of road freight transport fiscal regimes in different countries in quantitative terms. In order to allow for comparisons of road freight taxation regimes in different countries, net taxation levels are calculated for a standard domestic haul (400-km domestic hauls with 40 tonne trucks). These results are then assessed per vehicle-km and per tonne-kilometre.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Although there are clear definitions for all the terms used in this survey, countries might have different methodologies to calculate tonne-kilometre and passenger-kilometres. Methods could be based on traffic or mobility surveys, use very different sampling methods and estimating techniques which could affect the comparability of their statistics. Also, if the definition on road fatalities is very clear and well applied by most countries, this is not the case for road injuries. Indeed, not only countries might have different definitions but the important underreporting of road injuries in most countries can distort analysis based on these data. 
  • S
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Demand for statistics on business demography has grown and developed considerably in recent years. Data on births and deaths of enterprises, their life expectancy and the important role they play in economic growth and productivity, as well as the information they provide for tackling social demographic issues, are increasingly requested by policy makers and analysts alike. Business demography is a core element of the OECD’s Entrepreneurship Indicators Project, where the OECD and Eurostat are collaborating to develop a framework for the regular and harmonised measurement of entrepreneurial activity and the factors that enhance or impede it. The data in this database is presented in International Standard of Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 4).
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 January, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Secretariat collects a wide range of statistics on businesses and business activity. This database features the data collection of the Statistics Directorate relating to a number of key variables, such as value added, operating surplus, employment, and the number of business units, for example, broken down by 4-digit International Standard of Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 4) industry groups (including the service sector)), referred to as the Structural Statistics on Industry and Services (SSIS) database; and by size class; referred to as the Business Statistics by Size Class (BSC) database.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Trade in services drives the exchange of ideas, know-how and technology. It helps firms cut costs, increase productivity, participate in global value chains and boost competitiveness. Consumers benefit from lower prices and greater choice. However, international trade in services is often impeded by trade and investment barriers and domestic regulations. The Service Trade Restrictions Index (STRI) helps identify which policy measures restrict trade. It provides policy makers and negotiators with information and measurement tools to open up international trade in services and negotiate international trade agreements. It can also help governments identify best practice and then focus their domestic reform efforts on priority sectors and measures. The STRI indices take the value from 0 to 1, where 0 is completely open and 1 is completely closed. They are calculated on the basis of information in the STRI database which reports regulation currently in force.
    • April 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator shows the percentage of international students in each field of education.
    • June 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Select Dataset
    • June 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 November, 2018
      Select Dataset
    • February 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 February, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The Short-Term Labour Market Statistics dataset contains predominantly quarterly labour statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 35 OECD member countries and selected other economies. The Short-Term Labour Market Statistics dataset covers countries that compile labour statistics from sample household surveys on a monthly or quarterly basis. It is widely accepted that household surveys are the best source for labour market key statistics. In such surveys, information is collected from people living in households through a representative sample and the surveys are based on standard methodology and procedures used internationally. The subjects available cover: working age population by age; active and inactive labour force by age; employment by economic activity, by working time and by status; and, unemployment (including monthly harmonised unemployment) by age and by duration. Data is expressed in levels (thousands of persons) or rates (e.g. employment rate) where applicable.   Data are based on Labour Force Surveys and national information in this dataset is directly collected from the following sources:   ABS - Australian Bureau of Statistics (Australia) Statistics Canada (Canada) INE - Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas (Chile) CBS – Central Bureau of Statistics (Israel) Statistics Bureau (Japan) Statistics Korea (Korea) INEGI - Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas y Geografía (Mexico) Statistics New Zealand (New Zealand) BLS - Bureau of Labor Statistics (the United States) Eurostat (Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom).
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      The aim of the OECD’s new Skills for Jobs Indicators is to facilitate better adaptation to changing skill needs by making available a database of skill imbalances indicators that is comparable across countries and regularly updated. The Skill Needs Indicators provide an overview of the shortages and surpluses of skills across countries.
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Collins Omwaga
      Accessed On: 21 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The aim of the OECD's new Skills for Jobs Indicators is to facilitate better adaptation to changing skill needs by making available a database of skill imbalances indicators that is comparable across countries and regularly updated. The Skill Needs Indicators provide an overview of the shortages and surpluses of skills across countries.
    • April 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Collins Omwaga
      Accessed On: 21 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The aim of the OECD’s new Skills for Jobs Indicators is to facilitate better adaptation to changing skill needs by making available a database of skill imbalances indicators that is comparable across countries and regularly updated. The Skill Needs Indicators provide an overview of the shortages and surpluses of skills across countries.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Darshini Priya
      Accessed On: 28 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Social expenditure aggregates: The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been developed in order to serve a growing need for indicators of social policy. It includes reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and mandatory and voluntary private social expenditure at programme level. SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been developed in order to serve a growing need for indicators of social policy. It includes reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and mandatory and voluntary private social expenditure at programme level. SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition. It covers 35 OECD countries for the period 1980-2013/14 and estimates for aggregates for 2014-16. The main social policy areas are as follows: Old age, Survivors, Incapacity-related benefits, Health, Family, Active labor market programmes, Unemployment, Housing, and Other social policy areas. This version also includes estimates of net total social spending for 2013 for 34 OECD countries.
    • June 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      National values have been computed based on regional estimates. For this reason, it is possible that in some cases these values differ from national statistics.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The SIGI is built on 27 innovative variables measuring discriminatory social institutions, which are grouped into 4 dimensions: discrimination in the family, restricted physical integrity, restricted access to productive and financial resources, and restricted civil liberties.Lower values indicate lower levels of discrimination in social institutions: the SIGI ranges from 0% for no discrimination to 100% for very high discrimination.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The share of a population covered for a core set of health services offers an initial measure of access to care and financial protection. Most OECD countries have achieved universal or near-universal coverage for a core set of health services, which usually include consultations with doctors, tests and examinations, and hospital care.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD’s Social Benefit Recipients Database (SOCR) presents, for the first time, comparable information on the number of people receiving cash benefits. SOCR includes data for the main income replacement programmes in the unemployment, social assistance, disability and old-age branches. It currently covers eight years (2007-2014) for most OECD and EU countries
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      A good complement to the number of recipients of social benefits is the number of individuals belonging to population groups that are close to the target of social benefits. The database SOCR includes a number of series providing these reference populations. For example: old-age pensions are mainly targeted on individuals of retirement age, the over 65 population is provided; unemployment benefits go to jobseekers, the number of unemployed (ILO definition) is provided.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. Through the use of a standard industry list, comparisons can be made across countries. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.  STAN is primarily based on Member countries' annual National Accounts by economic activity tables compiled according to the recommendations of System of National Accounts 2008 (SNA 2008). Previous versions of STAN (from 2000) were based on SNA93 statistics. Missing detail is estimated using data from other sources such as results from national industrial surveys/censuses. Time series are extended backwards (to 1970 where possible) using vintage SNA93 or STAN estimates. Many data points in STAN are estimated and are flagged as such; they do not represent official Member countries' submissions.  The current version of STAN is based on the International Standard Industrial Classification of all economic activities, Revision 4 (ISIC Rev. 4). Earlier versions of STAN were based on ISIC Rev.3 and, prior to 2000, ISIC Rev.2 (the latter covering the manufacturing sector only). STAN is updated on a "rolling basis" with new country tables, or updated tables, being made available as soon as they are ready.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Recommended uses and limitations of STAN It is recommended that STAN is primarily used for broad analyses, particularly at the detailed level where many of the data points are estimated. For example, looking at trends or average growth rates and shares over a few years or general modelling. This also applies to any indicators that may be calculated (see Annex. 2 in the full documentation for examples). Where the data points are official National Accounts (often at more aggregate industry levels) there is more scope for precise analyses such as looking at year-on-year growth rates. STAN is based on data that Member countries provide. Detailed data collections independent of national statistical offices are not performed. In other words, we do not have the scope to build up National Accounts compatible tables from detailed data using consistent methodologies across countries. Therefore, when comparing variables or indicators across countries, users should refer to the STAN country notes to check for industry inclusions and variable definitions. Some comprises may be necessary in terms of the level of detail analysed.
    • December 2012
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 April, 2019
      Select Dataset
      STAN Indicators provides annual indicators related to production and employment structure, labour productivity and labour costs, investment, business research and development expenditures and international trade patterns. Data are presented for OECD countries and cover the time-period 1970-2011, although the time coverage may vary across countries and indicators. Series are provided for a wide range of economic activities (according to an ISIC Rev.4 based hierarchy) compatible with the list in the underlying STAN Database in ISIC Rev. 4. STAN Indicators belong to the STAN family datasets; they are primarily drawn from STAN Database for Structural Analysis (STAN), STAN Bilateral Trade (BTDIxE) and STAN Research & Development Expenditures in Industry (ANBERD). Indicators are compiled to respond to the needs of analysts and researchers interested in measuring economic performance, productivity growth, competitiveness and structural changes. They also complement the OECD publications, Science Technology and Industry Scoreboard and Economic Globalisation Indicators.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators and to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change.Through the use of a standard industry list, international comparisons can be made. The industry list, compatible with those used in related OECD databases, provides sufficient detail to highlight technology and digital-intensive sectors. STAN is primarily based on Member countries' annual National Accounts by economic activity tables compiled according to the recommendations of System of National Accounts 2008 (SNA 2008). Previous versions of STAN (from 2000) were based on SNA93 statistics. Missing detail is estimated using other sources of data such as national industrial surveys/censuses. Time series are extended back to the 1970's where possible. This is done using vintage SNA93 or STAN estimates. In STAN, many data points are Secretariat's estimates and are flagged to the attention of users; as such, they do not represent official Member countries' submissions. The current version of STAN is based on the International Standard Industrial Classification of all economic activities, Revision 4 (ISIC Rev. 4). Earlier versions of STAN were based on ISIC Rev. 3 and, prior to 2000, ISIC Rev. 2 (the latter covering the manufacturing sector only). STAN is published on a "rolling basis" with new, or updated, country tables being made available as soon as they are ready.
    • March 2012
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Input-Output tables describe the sale and purchase relationships between producers and consumers within an economy. They can be produced by illustrating flows between the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of industry outputs or by illustrating the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of product outputs. The OECD Input-Output database is presented on the former basis, reflecting in part the collection mechanisms for many other data sources such as research and development Research and Development expenditure data, employment statistics, pollution data, energy consumption, which are in the main collected by enterprise or by establishment, and thus according to industry classifications.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Input-Output tables describe the sale and purchase relationships between producers and consumers within an economy. They can be produced by illustrating flows between the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of industry outputs or by illustrating the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of product outputs. The OECD Input-Output database is presented on the former basis, reflecting in part the collection mechanisms for many other data sources such as research and development Research and Development expenditure data, employment statistics, pollution data, energy consumption, which are in the main collected by enterprise or by establishment, and thus according to industry classifications.
    • March 2012
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      Input-Output tables describe the sale and purchase relationships between producers and consumers within an economy. They can be produced by illustrating flows between the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of industry outputs or by illustrating the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of product outputs. The OECD Input-Output database is presented on the former basis, reflecting in part the collection mechanisms for many other data sources such as Research and Development expenditure data, employment statistics, pollution data, energy consumption, which are in the main collected by enterprise or by establishment, and thus according to industry classifications.
    • December 2018
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Input-Output tables describe the sale and purchase relationships between producers and consumers within an economy. They can be produced by illustrating flows between the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of industry outputs or by illustrating the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of product outputs. The OECD Input-Output database is presented on the former basis, reflecting in part the collection mechanisms for many other data sources such as research and development Research and Development expenditure data, employment statistics, pollution data, energy consumption, which are in the main collected by enterprise or by establishment, and thus according to industry classifications.
    • March 2012
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 03 December, 2018
      Select Dataset
      Input-Output tables describe the sale and purchase relationships between producers and consumers within an economy. They can be produced by illustrating flows between the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of industry outputs or by illustrating the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of product outputs. The OECD Input-Output database is presented on the former basis, reflecting in part the collection mechanisms for many other data sources such as research and development Research and Development expenditure data, employment statistics, pollution data, energy consumption, which are in the main collected by enterprise or by establishment, and thus according to industry classifications.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The dataset on Statistical discrepancy (Institutional Investors – Financial Balance Sheets) represents the time series of the dataset on Institutional investors' assets and liabilities (7II) along with those of the dataset on Financial Balance Sheets (720), for the financial instruments and institutional sectors which are in common to these two datasets.  Additionally, for each of the above-mentioned time series, a statistical discrepancy is reported in order to show any possible differences which may exist between the two datasets (7II and 720).  In fact, the dataset on Institutional investors' assets and liabilities (7II) constitutes an attempt to better integrate these data in the framework of the System of National Accounts 2008 (SNA 2008).  However, discrepancies may exist and may, for example, be caused by balancing practices (e.g. when sector and counterpart sector data are reconciled) in the compilation of Financial Balance Sheets at a higher level of aggregation, which may not have been carried through at a lower level of aggregation. Moreover, differences may also be caused by the use of different source data.
    • November 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Misha Gusev
      Accessed On: 22 January, 2021
      Select Dataset
      FWA - fixed wireless access
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Excess capacity is one of the main challenges facing the global steel sector. The OECD Steelmaking Capacity database contains data on crude steelmaking capacity by economy and provides researchers and policymakers with an important tool for analysing steel capacity developments.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD STRI heterogeneity indices complement the existing STRI's and presents indices of regulatory heterogeneity based on the rich information in the STRI regulatory database. The indices are built from assessing – for each country pair and each measure – whether or not the countries have the same regulation. For each country pair and each sector, the indices reflect the (weighted) share of measures for which the two countries have different regulation.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 02 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD indicators of employment protection are synthetic indicators of the strictness of regulation on dismissals and the use of temporary contracts. For each year, indicators refer to regulation in force on the 1st of January. Version 1 of the indicator of strictness of employment protection - individual and collective dismissals (regular contracts) - does not incorporate all the data items of version 3 and, in particular, does not incorporate regulation of collective dismissals. You should only use version 1 if you need data for years for which neither version 2 nor 3 are available.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD indicators of employment protection are synthetic indicators of the strictness of regulation on dismissals and the use of temporary contracts. For each year, indicators refer to regulation in force on the 1st of January. For more information and full methodology, see www.oecd.org/employment/protection.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD indicators of employment protection are synthetic indicators of the strictness of regulation on dismissals and the use of temporary contracts. For each year, indicators refer to regulation in force on the 1st of January. For more information and full methodology, see www.oecd.org/employment/protection.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD indicators of employment protection legislation evaluate the regulations on the dismissal of workers on regular contracts and the hiring of workers on temporary contracts. They cover both individual and collective dismissals.The indicators have been compiled using the Secretariat’s own reading of statutory laws, collective bargaining agreements and case law as well as contributions from officials from OECD member countries and advice from country experts
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      For data aligned to Finance, the year shown is the calendar year. For data aligned to personnel, the year shown is the year in which the end of the school year falls (e.g. 2002 refers to the school year 2001/2002), with the exceptions of Korea where the year refers to the year in which the school year begins and Australia and New Zealand where the school academic year corresponds to the calendar year.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Student-teacher ratio refers to the average number of students per teacher, while average class size is the average number of students in a classroom.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table shows the representative sub-central personal income tax rates, tax allowances and credits used.Applies to the wage income of a single person no dependants.Can be based on a representative city or an average of sub-central ratesMinimum and maximum sub-central rates across states and municipalities.Amounts of tax allowances are expressed in national currencies.Additional details on sub-central tax systems based on a progressive income tax rate structure are provided in Table I.7.Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex.  IndexS - State (state, provincial, regional, cantonal) taxation appliesL - Local (local, municipal) taxation appliesCT - Central government tax net of (central government) tax creditsCTg - Central government tax gross of tax creditsTY - Taxable income for central government tax purposesTYs - Taxable income modified for state government tax purposesTYI - Taxable income modified for local government tax purposes  
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      CGTRT = Central govt. tax rates and thresholds This table provides detailed information on sub-central income tax systems with progressive rate structures, based on the representative case. - The data (e.g., allowance, tax credit) apply to wage income of a single person without dependents. - The rates are expressed as a percentage of taxable income. Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex. The information shown in the columns 'Level of government' and 'Tax base' corresponds to the same columns in Table I.2.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The subnational government finance dataset presents data on the institutional organisation at local and regional levels as well as on public finance. Financial data cover the general government sector and subnational government subsector (state and local government levels) in the 35 OECD member countries and in the EU. Four main dimensions are presented: expenditure (including investment), revenue, budget balance and debt. The dataset is released as a beta version. Data at country level are derived mainly from the OECD National Accounts harmonised according to the new standards of the System of National Accounts (SNA) 2008, implemented by most OECD countries since December 2014. They are complemented by data from Eurostat, IMF (Australia, Chile), and national statistical institutes for some countries or indicators (in particular, territorial organisation). Data were extracted in February 2017 and are from 2015, unless otherwise specified
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Data cited at: OECD (2020), Suicide rates (indicator). doi: 10.1787/a82f3459-en (Accessed on 18 August 2020) Suicide rates are defined as the deaths deliberately initiated and performed by a person in the full knowledge or expectation of its fatal outcome. Comparability of data between countries is affected by a number of reporting criteria, including how a person's intention of killing themselves is ascertained, who is responsible for completing the death certificate, whether a forensic investigation is carried out, and the provisions for confidentiality of the cause of death. Caution is required therefore in interpreting variations across countries. The rates have been directly age-standardised to the 2010 OECD population to remove variations arising from differences in age structures across countries and over time. The original source of the data is the WHO Mortality Database. This indicator is presented as a total and per gender and is measured in terms of deaths per 100 000 inhabitants (total), per 100 000 men and per 100 000 women.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • June 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 November, 2021
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Survey on Monitoring the Paris Declaration. The dataset contains data as reported by donors and national co-ordinators in participating partner countries. The dataset includes all quantitative data collected through the 2006, 2008 and 2011 Surveys.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 April, 2024
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Sustainable Ocean Economy Database synthesizes available ocean-related datasets and indicators from across the Organisation to improve their discoverability and comparability. The database brings together relevant indicators from the Environment Directorate (ENV), the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD), the Centre for Entrepreneurship, SMEs, Regions and Cities (CFE), the International Transport Forum (ITF), the International Energy Agency (IEA), and others.
  • T
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Statutory corporate income tax rate - This table shows 'basic' (non-targeted) central, sub-central and combined (statutory) corporate income tax rates. Where a progressive (as opposed to flat) rate structure applies, the top marginal rate is shown.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Targeted statutory corporate income tax rate - This table reports central, sub-central and combined corporate income tax rates typically applying for or targeted at 'small (incorporated) business', where such 'targeting' is on the basis of size alone (e.g. number of employees, amount of assets, turnover or taxable income) and not on the basis of expenditures or other targeting criteria. A 'small business corporate tax rate' may be a special statutory corporate tax rate applicable to (all or part of) the taxable income of qualifying 'small' firms (e.g., meeting a turnover, income, or asset test), or an effective corporate tax rate below the basic statutory corporate rate provided through a tax deduction or credit for 'small' firms determined as a percentage of qualifying taxable income (e.g., up to a given threshold). If corporate income is taxed at progressive rates, the rate typically applying for 'small' firms should be reported. Where the central government, or sub-central government, or both, have a lower small business tax rate, the applicable central and sub-central rates are both shown (to enable a combined rate calculation). Thus, for example, where only the sub-central government has a small business rate, the basic central corporate income tax rate is shown in order to compute the combined central and sub-central tax rate on small business (a cross-check with Table II.3 shows whether the central or sub-central rate is basic or not).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      SCCIT = Sub-Central Corporate Income Tax   Sub-central corporate income tax rates - This table reports information on sub-central government (statutory) corporate income tax rates in the representative case which is used in Table II.1, which can be based on a representative city or an average of sub-central rates. Countries are grouped according to the determination of the sub-central tax base (the representative rate). Minimum and maximum sub-central rates across states/localities are also reported.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Overall statutory tax rates on dividend income- reports effective statutory tax rates on distributions of domestic source income to a resident individual shareholder, taking account of corporate income tax, personal income tax and any type of integration or relief to reduce the effects of double taxation. PIT: Personal Income Tax CIT: Corporate Income Tax CL - Classical system (dividend income is taxed at the shareholder level in the same way as other types of capital income (e.g. interest income) MCL - Modified classical system (dividend income taxed at preferantial rates (e.g. compared to interest income) at the shareholder level. FI - Full imputation (dividend tax credit at shareholder level for underlying corporate profits tax) PI - Partial imputation (dividend tax credit at shareholder level for part of underlying corporate profits tax) PIN - Partial inclusion (a part of received dividends is included as taxable income at the shareholder level) SR - Split rate system (distributed dividends are taxed at higher rates than retained earnings at the corporate level) NST - No shareholder taxation of dividends (no other tax than the tax on corporate profits) CD - Corporate deduction (corporate level deduction, fully or partly, in respect of dividend paid) OTH - Other types of systems
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table reports employee social security contribution rates and related provisions. A representative case is used for those countries where social security provisions vary by locality.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table reports employer social security contribution rates and related provisions (using the representative case for those countries where social security provisions vary by locality). Threshold and maximum contribution amounts are shown in national currencies. Note on aggregation In some social security systems, both flat rate and progressive rate structures apply. Where these apply to the same base (e.g., gross earnings), the elements are aggregated for the purpose of reporting in this table.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table reports self-employed social security contribution rates and related provisions. A representative case is used for those countries where social security provisions vary by locality. Threshold and maximum contribution amounts are shown in national currencies.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • January 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 January, 2020
      Select Dataset
      TALIS averages are based on all countries participating in the TALIS survey, including partner countries and economies. This explains the difference between the OECD average and the TALIS average. Data from the TALIS survey and Education at a Glance (EAG) may differ. See Annex E of the TALIS technical report and Annex 3 of EAG for more details about the data collections.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator reports the import-weighted applied tariffs on environmentally related goods as defined in the Combined List of Environmental Goods (CLEG) in percentage points for all countries between 2003 and 2016.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The term "tax autonomy" captures the freedom sub-central governments (SCG) have over their own taxes.   Tax autonomy data for 2002, 2005 and 2008 is classified into 11 categories and sub-categories and ranges from full taxing power to no taxing power at all. The classification is shown below :   a.1 - The recipient SCG can set the tax rate and any tax reliefs without needing to consult a higher level government. a.2 - The recipient SCG can set the rate and any reliefs after consulting a higher level government. b.1 - The recipient SCG can set the tax rate, and a higher level government does not set upper or lower limits on the rate chosen. b.2 - The recipient SCG can set the tax rate, and a higher level government does set upper and/or lower limits on the rate chosen. c - The recipient SCG can set some tax reliefs (tax allowances and/or tax credits) but not tax rates. d.1 - There is a tax-sharing arrangement in which the SCGs determine the revenue split. d.2 - There is a tax-sharing arrangement in which the revenue split can be changed only with the consent of SCGs. d.3 - There is a tax-sharing arrangement in which the revenue split can be changed unilaterally by a higher level government, but less frequently than once a year. d.4 - There is a tax-sharing arrangement in which the revenue split is determined annually by a higher level government. e - Other cases in which the central government sets the rate and base of the SCG tax. f - None of the above categories a, b, c, d or e applies.   In the data for 1995, there is only one category under each of the headings a and b as follows: a - The recipient SCG can set the tax rate and any tax reliefs. b - The recipient SCG can set the tax rate.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This data is updated after the finalisation of the Taxing Wages publication for the corresponding year. This table reports average personal income tax and social security contribution rates for a single person without dependent, at various multiples (67%, 100%, 133%, 167%) of the AW/APW. The average wage (AW) by country and year can be found within the Taxing Wages comparative tables dataset, under the indicator heading: Total gross earnings before taxes (national currency). The AW is based on a single person at 100% of average earnings, no child. The results, derived from the OECD Taxing Wages framework (elaborated in the annual publication Taxing Wages), use tax rates applicable to the tax year. The results take into account basic/standard income tax allowances and tax credits and include family cash transfers (see Taxing Wages). The marginal rates are expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings, with the exception of the Total tax wedge which is expressed as a percentage of gross labour costs (gross wages + employer SSC). The sub-central personal tax rates used in this table correspond to those used in Taxing Wages. The figures may differ from those published in Taxing Wages where updated information is available, such as revised AW/APW data. Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex.
    • April 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 27 April, 2021
      Select Dataset
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 06 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • June 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 June, 2022
      Select Dataset
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The simple approach of comparing the tax/benefit position of example households avoids many of the conceptual and definitional problems involved in more complex international comparisons of tax burdens and transfer programmes. However, a drawback of this methodology is that the earnings of an average worker will usually occupy a different position in the overall income distribution in different economies, although the earnings relate to workers in similar jobs in various OECD Member countries. Because of the limitations on the taxes and benefits covered in the Report, the data cannot be taken as an indication of the overall impact of the government sector on the welfare of taxpayers and their families. Complete coverage would require studies of the impact of indirect taxes, the treatment of non-wage labour income and other income components under personal income taxes and the effect of other tax allowances and cash benefits. Complete coverage would also require that consideration be given to the effect on welfare of services provided by the state, either free or below cost, and the incidence of corporate and other direct taxes on earnings and prices. Such a broad coverage is not possible in an international comparison of all OECD countries. The differences between the results shown here and those of a full study of the overall impact on employees of government interventions in the economy would vary from one country to another. They would depend on the relative shares of different kinds of taxes in government revenues and on the scope and nature of government social expenditures. The Report shows only the formal incidence of taxes on employees and employers. The final, economic incidence of taxes may be quite different, because the tax burden may be shifted from employers onto employees and vice versa by market adjustments to gross wages. The income left at the disposal of a taxpayer may represent different standards of living in various countries because the range of goods and services on which the income is spent and their relative prices differ as between countries. In those countries where the general government sector provides a wide range of goods and services (generous basic old age pension, free health services, public housing, university education, etcetera), the taxpayer may be left with less cash income but may enjoy the same living standards as a taxpayer receiving a higher cash income but living in a country where there are fewer publicly provided goods and services.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This current Taxing Wages model has evolved from 2 earlier versions. The latest version is based on calculations for the Average Worker (AW) in the private sector (see glossary term), and the results are shown for 8 household types covering one- and two-earner families of varying size and different fractions of average gross wage earnings. There are 14 separate tax burden measures that describe the tax and benefit position of these families. This approach was first followed in the 2005-2006 Taxing Wages publication, which also applied these assumptions to calculate tax burden measures as of 2000. These assumptions have been applied since then in the more recent Taxing Wages publications and website databases. The first version of the Taxing Wages model (historical model A) was based on a more narrow definition of the average worker: the Average Production Worker (APW) solely from the manufacturing sector (see glossary term). It included only two of the current 8 family types, and the results are shown for only 3 of the existing 14 tax burden measures. This model was applied to data for years 1979-2004. The second version (historical model B) continued to use the Average Production Worker (APW) basis for its calculations, but was expanded to cover the full 8 family types that are currently used, and increased the number of tax burden measures to 12 of the 14 currently used. This model was applied to data for years 1997-2004.
    • December 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 December, 2020
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents internationally comparable data on (full-time) salaries of teachers and school heads in public institutions at pre-primary, primary and general (lower and upper) secondary education. Actual salaries are displayed by level of education, and data on actual salaries of teachers are also available by age and gender. Data also include other statistics related to salaries of teachers.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Ritesh Kumar
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents internationally comparable data on (full-time) salaries of teachers and school heads in public institutions at pre-primary, primary and general (lower and upper) secondary education. Actual salaries are displayed by level of education and are also available by age and gender. Data also include other statistics related to salaries of teachers.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 30 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents internationally comparable data on (full-time) salaries of teachers and school heads in public institutions at pre-primary, primary and general (lower and upper) secondary education. Statutory salaries are displayed by level of education, Data also include other statistics related to salaries of teachers.
    • June 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Collins Omwaga
      Accessed On: 02 June, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents internationally comparable data on (full-time) salaries of teachers and school heads in public institutions at pre-primary, primary and general (lower and upper) secondary education. Statutory salaries are displayed by level of education, Data also include other statistics related to salaries of teachers.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents internationally comparable data on teaching and working time of (full-time) teachers in public institutions at pre-primary, primary and general and vocational (lower and upper) secondary education. Data refer to formal statutory requirements and also cover actual teaching time. Teaching and working time are displayed by level of education.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The OECD Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) is an international, large-scale survey of teachers, school leaders and the learning environment in schools. TALIS uses questionnaires administered to teachers and their school principals to gather data. Its main goal is to generate internationally comparable information relevant to developing and implementing policies focused on school leaders, teachers and teaching, with an emphasis on those aspects that affect student learning.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Chapter D includes indicators on instruction time, teachers’ working time and teachers’ salaries that not only represent policy levers that can be manipulated, but that also provide context for the quality of instruction and the outcomes of individual learners. It also presents data on the profile of teachers, the levels of government at which decisions concerning education systems are taken, and pathways and gateways to gain access to secondary and tertiary education.
    • October 2020
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 27 October, 2020
      Select Dataset
      Indicators in Chapter A refer to education and learning outputs and outcomes. They describe educational attainment of different generations, measure the outputs of the education system, and provide context for education policies, including those on lifelong learning.
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents the latest data on the state of threatened species, by species type.    When interpreting these data, it should be borne in mind that the number of species known does not always accurately reflect the number of species in existence and that varying definitions can limit comparability across countries.   Data source(s): OECD Annual Quality Assurance (AQA) questionnaire.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Since new and young firms contribute critically to job creation, innovation and growth, observing recent trends of firm formation provides valuable information to policy makers. Seasonal adjustment: For the purpose of presentation of quarterly series, seasonal adjustment is applied using TramoSeats algorithm with 5 regressors: log/level, trading days, Easter, outlier detection, and automatic model identification). Series are log-transformed and decomposed into a trend component. Finally, index is calculated based on a 2007 (2007 = average of 2007 quarters) in order to present movements between the base year and a given quarter.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Because of the limited availability of official statistics on national supply-use and input-output tables in recent years – reflecting the fact that these are only typically available at best two or three years after the reference period to which they refer – TiVA indicators for the most recent years, as displayed in this dataset, are estimated using now-casting techniques. The approach (described in more detail in the accompanying methodological note) in essence estimates national input-output tables by projecting relationships observed in the latest TiVA benchmark year (currently 2011) into nowcast years (currently 2012-2014) but constrained to official estimates of gross output and value-added by industry and national accounts main aggregates of demand and trade, and supplemented by bilateral trade statistics, all of which are available throughout the nowcast period. Importantly, the projections of relationships in 2011 into 2012 are determined using a volume approach, to account for possible distortions that might be introduced – by for example differential price movements in imports and domestic production – if projections were made using nominal relationships. These estimates are then reflated into current prices, and simultaneously balanced – consistent with official volume and current price estimates of trade, demand and activity – to arrive at a balanced national input-output table in 2012, in nominal terms as well as in prices of 2011. Estimates for 2013 and 2014 are calculated in the same manner but using, respectively, the 2012 and 2013 relationships as the starting point.
    • May 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 May, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table shows the top statutory personal income tax rate and top marginal tax rates for employees at the earnings threshold where the top statutory PIT rate first applies.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Note: 2017 figures are Preliminary. Official and Private Flows - Disbursements and Commitments. Aggregate data (no breakdown by recipient) on ODA, OOF, private and NGO data by donor, type of aid and flow. The data cover flows from all bilateral and multilateral donors except for Tables DAC1, DAC4, DAC5 and DAC7b which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 November, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Official Development Financing (ODF), measured for recipient countries only, is defined as the sum of their receipts of bilateral ODA, concessional and non-concessional resources from multilateral sources, and bilateral other official flows made available for reasons unrelated to trade, in particular loans to refinance debt.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Total Official Flows: the sum of Official Development Assistance (ODA) and Other Official Flows (OOF) represents the total (gross or net) disbursements by the official sector at large to the recipient country shown.
    • January 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Jonathan Kilach
      Accessed On: 31 January, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Total Official Support for Sustainable Development (TOSSD)
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Total Receipts, Net: in addition to Official Development Assistance, this heading includes in particular: other official bilateral transactions which are not concessional or which, even though they have concessional elements, are primarily trade facilitating in character (i.e., "Other Official Flows''); changes in bilateral long-term assets of the private non-monetary and monetary sectors, in particular guaranteed export credits, private direct investment, portfolio investment and, to the extent they are not covered in the preceding headings, loans by private banks. Flows from the multilateral sector which are not classified as concessional are also included here.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table presents export/import information by detailed activity sectors (ISIC Rev.4)
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset shows import and export values (in millions of UDS) using product classification at 2-digit level of CPA classification.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents data by export intensity, that is the share of exports on total turnover.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to disaggregate trade flows according the characteristics of the enterprises engaged in cross-border transactions. The feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries differ in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary across countries, and as a consequence the degree of representativeness of the results also varies across countries.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents data by type of ownership, that is foreign or domestically controlled enterprise (with or without own affiliates abroad).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This table presents export/import information by enterprise size class and partner country.
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 19 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset shows the number of exporters and importers and their associated trade values for a selected set of partner countries and zones, broken down by three economic sectors: industry, trade and repair and other sectors. Total values for the wide economy are also displayed.Recommended uses and limitations EU countries break down trade data into Intra- and extra- EU zones, whereas non EU countries report their Total trade. Trade values have been aggregated for EU countries and Total (Intra-EU plus Extra-EU) trade flows are displayed, whereas Intra and Extra-EU data expressed in term of number of enterprises cannot be summed up, because of possible double-counting (same enterprise can be trader in both intra- and extra- EU trade). Data have been collected in ISIC revision 3 from 2003 up to 2007 and in ISIC revision 4 as from reference year 2008. Time series are affected by this change in classification, and thus data are displayed into two separate databases.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 14 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Trade by Enterprise Characteristics (TEC) database contains international annual trade data broken down in different categories of enterprises. Its aim is to provide a solid basis for analysts who explore, in the context of globalisation, the characteristics of trade actors. The TEC data are collected in co-operation with Eurostat, directly from the NSOs, through a linkage exercise of trade and business registers made. Data in export/import values and in number of exporting/importing enterprises are available for 19 EU member states (Czech Republic, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, France, Italy, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia, Slovakia, Finland and Sweden), plus Canada, Norway, Israel and the Unites States. Key Statistical Concept The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to try to classify trade operators according to enterprise characteristics and the feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries are different in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary between countries, thus the degree of representativeness of the results varies between countries.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 08 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to disaggregate trade flows according the characteristics of the enterprises engaged in cross-border transactions. The feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries differ in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary across countries, and as a consequence the degree of representativeness of the results also varies across countries.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 09 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset shows imports/exports by type of trader that is exporter only, importer only or both importer and exporter (Two-way trader).
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Trade in eMployment (TiM) database is a collection of labour market indicators designed to provide additional insights into global production networks and supply chains and complement Trade in Value Added (TiVA) indicators (http://oe.cd/tiva). Estimates of employment or compensation of employees embodied in foreign final demand (or in gross exports) can reveal the extent to which a country's workforce depends on its integration into the global economy. The TiM database includes indicators based on employment and compensation of employees for 51 and 64 economies respectively (including all European Union, OECD and G20 member countries and most East and Southeast Asian economies), as well as region aggregates, for the years 2005-2015. Indicators are available for 36 industries within a hierarchy based on ISIC Rev.4. The indicators are calculated using the 2018 edition of OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) tables (see http://oe.cd/icio) together with recent estimates of employment and compensation of employees by industrial activity from official sources.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This indicator reports the amount of exports and imports of environmentally-related goods as defined in the Combined List of Environmental Goods (CLEG) in current USD for all countries between 2003 and 2016.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The types of services are presented according to the services classification of the 1993 Fifth edition of the Balance of Payments Manual of the International Monetary Fund (BPM5) and its detailed extension, the Extended Balance of Payments Services (EBOPS) Classification.
    • November 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 18 March, 2022
      Select Dataset
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 01 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • December 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 August, 2017
      Select Dataset
      The TiVA database contains a range of indicators measuring the value added content of international trade flows and final demand. The indicators are derived from the 2016 version of OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database.  The ICIO has been constructed from various national and international data sources all drawn together and balanced under constraints based on official (SNA93) National Accounts by economic activity and National Accounts main aggregates.  Underlying sources used are notably:  • National supply and use tables (SUTs)  • National and harmonised Input-Output Tables • Bilateral trade in goods by industry and end-use category (BTDIxE) and  • Bilateral trade in services.  Compared to the old versions of the TiVA database, this current version includes two more countries, Morocco and Peru. The data are presented for all years from 1995 to 2011. The industry breakdown remains the same. 
    • April 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 21 July, 2022
      Select Dataset
      The Trade in Value Added (TiVA) database consists of a set of measures that aim to provide better insights into global production networks and supply chains than is possible with conventional trade statistics.   Gross exports by origin of value added and final destination, presented here, is derived from the latest version of the OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database and provides estimates of gross exports by industry i in country c, broken down by the value added originating from source country/region s and, according to the final demand destination country/region p.   Estimates are provided for country c, industry i, exports of final goods and services (FD_EXGRFNL_VA), exports of intermediate goods and services (FD_ EXGRINT_VA) and total exports (FD_EXGR_VA), and can reveal whose final demand drives a country’s exporting activities.  These indicators can also show how value added originating in source country s may rely on the exporting activities of industry i in country/region c to reach final demand in country/region p.   However, note that the same value added originating from source country s can be present in the gross exports of more than one exporting country c (as embodied value added, from upstream production, may cross national borders many times). In general, therefore, these estimates should be viewed from the perspective of an exporting country c.
    • December 2021
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 23 June, 2022
      Select Dataset
      The Trade in Value Added (TiVA) database consists of a set of measures that aim to provide better insights into global production networks and supply chains than is possible with conventional trade statistics.   The Origin of value added in final demand presented here, is derived from the latest version of OECD’s Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) database and provides estimates of final demand in country c for industry i final goods and services, broken down by the value added originating from source industry j in source country s.   In other words, it reveals how the value of final demand goods and services consumed within a country is an accumulation of value generated by many industries in many countries.   For a description of the method used for calculating these estimates using the ICIO   Domestic value added origin is shown where source country s = c and, for convenience, also represented by source country = “DXD: Domestic”.   From this data cube, a range of final demand-based measures can be derived including those in TiVA principal indicators cube such as: • Domestic value added embodied in foreign final demand, FFD_DVA and related partner shares FFD_DVApSH. • Foreign value added embodied in domestic final demand, DFD_FVA and related partner shares DFD_FVApSH.
    • February 2022
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 11 July, 2022
      Select Dataset
      The Trade-in Value Added (TiVA) database consists of a set of measures that aim to provide better insights into global production networks and supply chains than is possible with conventional trade statistics.   The Origin of value-added in gross imports presented here is derived from the latest version of OECD’s Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) database. It provides estimates of gross imports by country c of goods and services from industry in partner country/region p broken down by value-added originating from source country/region s.   In other words, the four dimensions link the imports of country c to the value-added from source country s embodied in the exports of industry in the exporting country p - thus revealing how the value of a country’s gross imports of intermediate and final products from a particular partner is an accumulation of value generated by many countries.   For a description of the method used for calculating these estimates, using the ICIO   From this data cube, a range of gross imports-based measures can be derived including the following found in the main TiVA indicators database: • Total gross imports by industry, IMGR (c, i): set exporting country p = World and source country s = World. • Domestic value-added content of gross imports by partner and industry, IMGR_DVA (c, i, p): set source country s = importing country c. • Share of IMGR_DVA in relation to IMGR: IMGR_DVAsh (c, i, p).   Note that the same value-added originating from source country s can be present in the gross imports of more than one importing country c (as embodied value-added, from upstream production, may cross national borders many times). In general, therefore, these estimates should be viewed from the perspective of an importing country c.
    • July 2014
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 05 August, 2014
      Select Dataset
      In general, data comply with the UN recommandations defined in International Merchandise Trade Statistics: Concepts and Definitions, Revision 2 (IMTS, Rev.2). For exceptions and for definitions of statistical territories, please refer to country notes. Following the UN recommendations, the international merchandise trade statistics record all goods which add to or subtract from the stock of material resources of a country by entering (imports) or leaving (exports) its economic territory. Goods simply being transported through a country (goods in transit) or temporarily admitted or withdrawn (except for goods for inward or outward processing) do not add to or subtract from the stock of material resources of a country and are not included in the international merchandise trade statistics. Customs records should be the main source of the data; and the additional sources could be used where customs sources are not available. Goods should be included in statistics at the time when they enter or leave the economic territory of a country. In the case of customs-based data collection systems, the time of recording should be the date of lodgement of the customs declaration. Lists of goods to be included, to be recorded separately and to be excluded should be provided. Specific goods are to be excluded from detailed international merchandise trade statistics but recorded separately in order to derive totals of international merchandise trade for national accounts and balance of payments purposes. Trade system There are two trade systems in common use by which international merchandise trade statistics are compiled: general trade system and special trade system. The United Nations recommendations advise using the general trade system that provides a more comprehensive recording of external trade flows than does the special system. It also provides a better approximation of the change of ownership criterion used in the 1993 SNA and BPM5. General trade includes all goods that cross the national frontier including goods that are imported into and exported from custom-bonded warehouses and free zones. The general trade system is in use when the statistical territory of a country coincides with its economic territory so that imports include all goods entering the economic territory of a compiling country and exports include all goods leaving the economic territory of a compiling country. Special trade covers goods that cross the customs frontier plus goods that are imported into and exported from custom-bonded areas. The special trade system is in use when the statistical territory comprises only a particular part of the economic territory.
    • June 2019
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 18 June, 2019
      Select Dataset
      Note: This database has been discontinued. Values are expressed in United States dollars (USD) and refer to declared transaction values. Imports are reported c.i.f. and exports are reported f.o.b. with the exception of Australia, Canada, Mexico, Slovak Republic and United States where imports are reported f.o.b. United States exports are reported f.a.s. Data published are expressed as monthly averages. Quarterly and annual data are calculated as averages of monthly figures. The option chosen by OECD is to convert exchange rates for periods prior to entry into European Monetary Union (EMU), i.e. prior to 1999 for all members apart from Greece, which acceded in 2001, from the former national currency exchange rate using the appropriate irrevocable exchange rate. Such a conversion facilitates comparisons over time within a country and also preserves the historical evolution (i.e. growth rates). However, pre-EMU euro rates are notional units and are not always suitable to form area aggregates or for cross country comparisons. For further details, see The Statistics Brief Number 2, February 2002.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 24 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The indicator reports the amount of exports and imports of waste and scrap as defined in Kellenberg (2012) in current USD and in kilograms for all countries between 2003 and 2016.
    • November 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      Trade union density: The database on Institutional Characteristics of Trade Unions, Wage Setting, State Intervention and Social Pacts (ICTWSS) was developed by Prof. Jelle Visser at the University of Amsterdam. It was first released in May 2007. In its initial form, the ICTWSS database combined data from various sources and projects with a main focus on trade union in EU and OECD countries, collective bargaining and employment relations in Europe, and social pacts. In 2021, the ICTWSS database was rebranded as the OECD/AIAS ICTWSS database to reflect the joint effort by the OECD and AIAS-HSI to ensure the continuation of the database following Prof. Visser’s retirement.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The lack of common definitions and practices to measure transport infrastructure spending hinders comparisons between countries and spending options. Data for road and rail infrastructure are the most comprehensive while data on sea port and airport spending are less detailed in coverage and definition. While our survey covers all sources of financing a number of countries exclude private spending, including Japan and India. Around 65% of countries report data on urban spending while for the remaining countries data on spending in this area are missing. Indicators such as the share of GDP needed for investment in transport infrastructure, depend on a number of factors, such as the quality and age of existing infrastructure, maturity of the transport system, geography of the country and transport-intensity of its productive sector. Caution is therefore required when comparing investment data between countries. However, data for individual countries and country groups are consistent over time and useful for identifying underlying trends and changes in levels of spending, especially for inland transport infrastructure. These issues of definitions and methods are addressed in a companion report Understanding the Value of Transport Infrastructure – Guidelines for macro-level measurement of spending and assets (ITF/OECD2013) that aims to improve the international collection of related statistics.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 20 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
    • May 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 05 May, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Mexico: "Total urban wastewater treatment" include some plants whose treatment type is not identified Netherlands: Other waste water treatment, design capacity BOD 1000 kg O2/day: the design capacity is expressed in Total Oxygen Demand (1000 kg O2/day, not BOD). This value is based on pollution equivalents of 136 grams O2 per day.
    • May 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 04 December, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This data set is a combination of three tables, 1. Good Transport- Inland freight 2. Passenger transport 3. Transport Safety- Road injury accidents- Road CausalitiesThe geographical area covered is the ITF member countries.The International Transport Forum collects data on transport statistics on annual basis from all its Member countries. Data are collected from Transport Ministries, statistical offices and other institution designated as official data source.TEU (Twenty-foot Equivalent Unit): a statistical unit based on an ISO container of 20 foot length (6.10 m) to provide a standardised measure of containers of various capacities and for describing the capacity of container ships or terminals. one 20 Foot ISO container equals 1 TEU.  
  • U
    • December 2016
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Misha Gusev
      Accessed On: 10 June, 2019
      Select Dataset
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Uganda Gender, Institutions and Development Database (Uganda-GID) provides researchers and policymakers with key data at the national and sub-national levels on gender-based discrimination in social institutions. This data helps analyse women’s empowerment and understand gender gaps in other key areas of development. Covering 5 regions and 10 sub-regions, the Uganda-GID contains comprehensive information on social norms, attitudes and both perceived and actual practices that discriminate against women and girls.
    • July 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 26 July, 2023
      Select Dataset
      The Uganda-SIGI is a composite indicator measuring discriminatory social institutions. It is built on 64 innovative variables which are grouped into 5 sub-indices: Discriminatory Family Code, Restricted Physical Integrity, Son Preference, Restricted Resources and Assets and Restricted Civil Liberties. The Uganda-SIGI and its soub-indices range from 0, for no discrimination, to 1, for very high discrimination.
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 17 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains data on the share of the five durations - less than 1 month, >1 month and < 3 months, >3 months and <6 months, >6 months and <1 year, 1 year and over - of unemployment among total unemployment by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55+, total).
    • October 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 28 October, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Early Estimates of Quarterly Unit Labour Cost (ULC) indicators for the total economy provide current edge data on ULCs and their components labour productivity and labour compensation per employed person.  Recent and more longer terms trends in productivity and competitiveness on the total economy level and by sector or activity can be found in the OECD Compendium of Productivity Indicators.Data of quarterly GDP, labour compensation and employment are sourced from the OECD Quarterly National Accounts and the Main Economic Indicators Databases.  Early Estimates of Quarterly ULCs are available for all OECD member countries (except Chile, Iceland, Mexico), as well as for the zone aggregates Euro area and OECD Total. Unit labour costs (ULCs) measure the average cost of labour per unit of output. They are calculated as the ratio of total labour costs to real output. Different from the estimates of annual ULC above, the Early Estimates of Quarterly ULC use employment and not hours worked as measure of labour input (see below "Other aspects, Recommended uses and limitations"). Quarterly ULCs can be decomposed into the components labour compensation per employee and output per person employed (employment-based labour productivity). The OECD estimates of total labour costs adjust for labour compensation of self-employed persons Every effort has been made to ensure that data are comparable across countries. The adjustment for the self-employed assumes that labour compensation per person is equivalent for the self-employed and employees. This assumption may be more or less valid across different countries and economic activities.  EEQ ULCs are also fully compatible with the ULC series published by the ECB which provides ULC series for 21 EU OECD member countries and Euro area. Those for nine Non-EU member OECD countries are compiled by the OECD following a methodology that is fully consistent with that used by the ECB.
    • April 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Raviraj Mahendran
      Accessed On: 13 April, 2023
      Select Dataset
      Uranium is the raw material used to produce fuel for long-lived nuclear power facilities, necessary for the generation of significant amounts of baseload low-carbon electricity for decades to come. Although a valuable commodity, declining market prices for uranium in recent years, driven by uncertainties concerning the evolution in the use of nuclear power, have led to significant production cutbacks and the postponement of mine development plans in a number of countries and to some questions being raised about future uranium supply.
  • V
    • August 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 31 August, 2023
      Select Dataset
      In the OECD Entrepreneurship Financing Database venture capital is made up of the sum of early stage (including pre-seed, seed, start-up and other early stage) and later stage venture capital. As there are no harmonised definitions of venture capital stages across venture capital associations and other data providers, original data have been re-aggregated to fit the OECD classification of venture capital by stages. Korea, New Zealand, the Russian Federation and South Africa do not provide breakdowns of venture capital by stage that would allow meaningful international comparisons.
  • W
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 25 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset contains age wage gaps defined as the difference between mean (median) earnings of 25-54 year-olds and that of 15-24 year-olds (respectively 55-64 year-olds) relative to mean (median) earnings of 25-54 year-olds. Earnings refer to gross earnings of full-time dependent employees unless otherwise indicated.
    • March 2024
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 12 March, 2024
      Select Dataset
      This dataset presents national-level data on water made available for use, by sector. The interpretation of those data should take into account some variations in countries' definitions, as reflected in metadata. Data source(s): Joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on Inland Waters. Data for non-OECD countries is sourced from UNSD (https://unstats.un.org/unsd/envstats/country_files)
    • December 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 13 January, 2024
      Select Dataset
      While much of the comparative evidence on inequalities that is currently available refers to household income, wealth is a critical dimension of households’ economic well-being. How wealth is distributed is important for equity and inter-generational mobility, but also for the stability of the economic system and for its resilience to shocks. While the lack of comparative evidence in this field reflects the absence of an agreed standard that statistical offices could use when collecting this information, this gap has been addressed by the OECD with the release in 2013 of a set of statistical guidelines in this field. In 2013, the OECD issued a set of ‘Guidelines’ for micro statistics on household wealth (OECD, 2013) and an increasing number of countries have engaged in the collection of micro statistics in this field (European Central Bank, 2013). Building on these initiatives as well as others, such as the Luxembourg Wealth Study (Sierminska et al, 2006) which have informed previous OECD analysis (Jantii et al., 2008), the OECD has updated the data on the distribution of household wealth for OECD countries, based on the set of conventions and classifications proposed in the 2013 OECD Guidelines.
    • September 2023
      Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Uploaded by: Knoema
      Accessed On: 07 September, 2023
      Select Dataset
      World Indicators of Skills for Employment (WISE) provide a comprehensive system of information relating to skills development. WISE presents countries with data upon which they can design skills policies and programs and monitor their impact on key outcomes, including responsiveness to current and emerging patterns of labour market demand, employability, productivity, health status, gender equity and lifelong learning.The database covers the period from 1990 to the present and consists of five inter-related domains of indicators:Contextual factors drive both the supply of and demand for skills.Skill acquisition covers investments in skills, the stock of human capital and its distribution.Skill requirements measure the demand for skills arising in the labour market.The degree of matching captures how well skills obtained through education and training correspond to the skills required in the labour market.Outcomes reflect the impact of skills on economic performance and employment and social outcomes.